w.e.f.

2020-21 VR20

B. Tech.
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
(B.Tech 1st, 2nd 3rd and 4th Year Syllabus)

Department of Computer Science and Engineering

(B. Tech. CSE Programme Accredited by NBA)

VELAGAPUDI RAMAKRISHNA
SIDDHARTHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
(An Autonomous, ISO 9001:2015 Certified Institution)
(Approved by AICTE, Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade,
Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada)
(Sponsored by Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical
Education)
Kanuru, Vijayawada
Andhra Pradesh - 520007, INDIA.
www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

INSTITUTE VISION
To nurture excellence in various fields of engineering by imparting timeless core
values to the learners and to mould the institution into a centre of academic
excellence and advanced research.
INSTITUTE MISSION
To impart high quality technical education in order to mould the learners into
globally competitive technocrats who are professionally deft, intellectually adept
and socially responsible. The institution strives to make the learners inculcate and
imbibe pragmatic perception and pro-active nature so as to enable them to
acquire a vision for exploration and an insight for advanced enquiry.

DEPARTMENT VISION
The department vision is clearly defined and is in line with the college’s vision.
The vision of the department is:
"To evolve as a centre of academic excellence and advanced research in
Computer Science and Engineering discipline."
DEPARTMENT MISSION
This mission of the Department is concise and supports the College’s
mission. The mission of the Computer Science and Engineering Department is:
"To inculcate students with profound understanding of fundamentals related to
discipline, attitudes, skills, and their application in solving real world problems,
with an inclination towards societal issues and research."

VRSEC 2
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Program Educational Objectives(UG)

We have program educational objectives for our Computer Science and
Engineering Program. Program educational objectives are broad statements that
describe the career and professional accomplishments that the program is
preparing graduates to achieve.
Our Computer Science and Engineering program objectives are:
I. The graduates of the Program will have solid foundation in the principles
and practices of computer science, including mathematics, science and
basic engineering.
II. The graduates of the Program will have skills to function as members of
multi-disciplinary teams and to communicate effectively using modern
tools.
III. The graduates of the Program will be prepared for their careers in the
software industry or pursue higher studies and continue to develop their
professional knowledge.
IV. The graduates of the program will practice the profession with ethics,
integrity, leadership and social responsibility.

VRSEC 3
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics,

science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the
solution of complex engineering problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and

analyze complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions
using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences.

PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex

engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet
the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and
safety, and the cultural,societal, and environmental considerations.

PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based

knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis
and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.

PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,
resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and
modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
lim itations.

PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the

contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal andcultural
issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice.

PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the

professional engineering solutions in societal and environmentalcontexts,
and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics

and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and

as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering

activities with the engineering community and with society atlarge, such as,
being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
VRSEC 4
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear

instructions.

PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and

understanding of the engineering and managementprinciples and apply
these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinaryenvironments.

PO12: Lifelong learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation
and ability to engage in independent and life-long learningin the broadest
context of technological change.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES

PSO1: Develop software applications/solutions as per the needs of Industry

and society

PSO2: Adopt new and fast emerging technologies in computer science and
engineering.

VRSEC 5
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION FOR FOUR YEAR UG PROGRAMME [VR20]
SEMESTER I CONTACT HOURS: 26
S.No Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20BS1101 Basic Science Matrices and Differential Calculus 3 0 0 3
2. 20BS1102A Basic Science Applied Physics (CSE/IT) 3 0 0 3
3. 20ES1103 Engineering Programming for Problem Solving 3 0 0 3
Science
4. 20ES1104 Engineering Basics of Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Science
5. 20HS1105 Humanities and Technical English and Communication
2 0 0 2
Social Science Skills
6. 20BS1151A Basic Science Engineering Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
7. 20ES1152 Engineering Programming for Problem Solving 0 0 3 1.5
Science Laboratory
8. 20HS1153 Humanities and Technical English and Communication 0 0 3 1.5
Social Science Skills Laboratory
9. 20ES1154 Engineering Computing and Peripherals Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Science
10. 20MC1106 Mandatory Technology and Society 1 0 0 -
Course
Total 15 0 11 19.5
11. 20MC1107 Mandatory Induction Program -
Course

SEMESTER II CONTACT HOURS: 27

S.No Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20BS2101 Basic Science Laplace Transforms and Integral 3 0 0 3
Calculus
2. 20BS2102 Basic Science Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3
3. 20ES2103A Object Oriented Programming using
Engineering Science Python 3 0 0 3
4. 20ES2104A Basic Electronics Engineering
Engineering Science 3 0 0 3

5. 20ES2105 Engineering Science Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3

6. 20BS2151B Basic Science Engineering Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
7. 20ES2152A Engineering Science Object Oriented Programming using
Python Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20ES2153 Engineering Science Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 1.5
9. 20MC2106 Mandatory Course Professional Ethics and Practice 1 0 0 -
Total 14 0 13 19.5

VRSEC 6
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER III CONTACT HOURS: 28

S.No Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20BS3101A Basic Science Discrete Mathematics 3 0 0 3
2. 20ES3102 Engineering Science Java Programming 3 0 0 3
3. 20CS3303 Program Core Operating Systems 3 0 0 3
4. 20CS3304 Program Core Digital logic and Computer
3 0 0 3
Design
5. 20CS3305 Program Core Data Structures 3 0 0 3
6. 20ES3151 Engineering Science lab Java Programming Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5
7. 20CS3352 Program Core Lab 1 Digital logic Design Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20CS3353 Program Core Lab 2 Data Structures Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
9. 20TP3106 Soft Skills – 1 Logic and Reasoning 0 0 2 1
10. Mandatory Course Environmental Studies
20MC3107A 2 0 0 -
(AICTE suggested)
Total 17 0 11 20.5

SEMESTER IV CONTACT HOURS: 31

S.No Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20BS4101 Basic Science Probability and Statistics 3 0 0 3
Program Core Advanced Data Structures and
2. 20CS4302 3 0 0 3
Algorithms
Program Core Computer Organization and
3. 20CS4303 3 0 0 3
Microprocessor
4. 20CS4304 Program Core Computer Networks 3 0 0 3
Humanities and Social
5. 20HS4105 Universal Human Values 3 0 0 3
Sciences
Program Core Lab1 Advanced Data Structures and
6. 20CS4351 0 0 3 1.5
Algorithms Laboratory
7. 20CS4352 Program Core Lab 2 Microprocessor Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20CS4353 Program Core Lab 3 Computer Networks Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
9. 20TP4106 Soft Skills – 2 English for Professionals 0 0 2 1
Industry Standard coding
10 20CS4607 Skill Oriented Course -1 1 0 2 2
practice-1
Mandatory Course Indian Constitution
11 20MC4108B 2 0 0 -
(AICTE suggested)
Total 18 0 13 22.5
Summer Internship 6 weeks (Mandatory) during summer vacation (EPICS)
Honors/Minor Courses (the hours distribution can be 4-0-0, 3-0-2 or 3-1-0 also) 4 0 0 4

VRSEC 7
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER V CONTACT HOURS: 33

S.N
Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
o

1 20CS5301 Program Core Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3

2 20CS5302 Program Core Advanced Java Programming 3 0 0 3
3 20HS5103 Humanities and Engineering Economics and Management
2 0 0 2
Social Sciences
4 20CS5404 Program Elective 1 Program Elective 1 3 0 0 3
5 20CS5205 Open Elective1 Open Elective1 2 0 2 3
6 20CS5351 Program Core Lab Database Management SystemsLaboratory
1 0 0 3 1.5

7 20CS5352 Program Core Lab Advanced Java Programming Laboratory

0 0 3 1.5
2
8 20HS5153 Humanities and English Communication Skills Laboratory
Social Sciences 0 0 2 1
9 20TP5106 Soft Skills – 3 Personality Development
0 0 2 1

10 20CS5354 Internship / Project EPICS

(6 weeks) 0 0 3 1.5

11 20CS5607 Skill Oriented Industry Standard Coding Practice - II

course -2 1 0 2 2

12 20MC5108A Humanities Biology for Engineers

Elective 2 0 0 -
(AICTE suggested)
Total 16 0 17 22.5
Honors/Minor Courses (the hours distribution can be 4-0-0, 3-0-2 or 3-1-0 also) 4 0 0 4

SEMESTER VI CONTACT HOURS: 30

S.N
Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
o
1 20CS6301 Program Core Machine Learning 3 0 0 3
2 20CS6302 Program Core Cryptography and Network Security 3 0 0 3
3 20CS6303 Program Core Software Engineering 2 0 0 2
4 20CS6404 Program Elective 2 Program Elective 2 3 0 0 3
5 20CS6205 Open Elective 2 Open Elective 2 2 0 2 3
6 20CS6351 Program Core Lab Machine Learning Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5
1
7 20CS6352 Program Core Lab Cryptography and Network Security
0 0 3 1.5
2 Laboratory
8 20CS6353 Program Core lab 3 Software Engineering Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5
9 20TP6106 Soft Skills –4 Quantitative Aptitude 0 0 2 1
10 20CS6554 Internship / Project Mini Project – I 0 0 2 1
11 20MC6107B Mandatory Course Innovation, IPR & Entrepreneurship
2 0 0 0
(AICTE suggested)
Total 15 0 15 20.5
Industrial/Research Internship six weeks (Mandatory) during summer vacation
Honors/Minor Courses (the hours distribution can be 4-0-0, 3-0-2 or 3-1-0 also) 4 0 0 4

VRSEC 8
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER VII CONTACT HOURS: 21

S. No Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits

1 20CS7301 Program Core Automata & Compiler Design 3 0 0 3
2 20CS7402 Program Elective 3 Program Elective 3 3 0 0 3
3 20CS7403 Program Elective 4 Program Elective 4 3 0 0 3
4 20CS7404 Program Elective 5 Program Elective 5 3 0 0 3
5 20CS7205 Open Elective 3 Open Elective 3 0 0 0 3
6 20CS7206 Open Elective 4 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 3
7 20CS7607 Advanced Skill Course Corporate Readiness Skills 1 0 2 2
8 20CS7551 Internship / Project Mini Project - II 0 0 3 1.5
9 20CS7552 Internship / Project Industrial / Research Internship 0 0 3 1.5
Total 13 0 8 21
Honors/Minor Courses (the hours distribution can be 4-0-0, 3-0-2 or 3-1-0 also) 4 0 0 4

Note: Open Elective Courses 3 and 4 are self-learning. Students may opt from any MOOCs platform. They have to submit the
certificate before the last instruction day of VII semester. Course selection for MOOCs is subject to approval by the Head of the
Department.

SEMESTER VIII CONTACT HOURS: 24

S.No Course Code Course Category Course Name L T P Credits
Internship / Major Project and
1 20CS8551 0 0 24 12
Project** Internship (6 Months)
Total 0 0 24 12
** The student should undergo internship and simultaneously he/she should work on a project with well-defined objectives.
At the end of the semester the student should submit an internship completion certificate and a project report.
** If any of our associated company comes forward to offer an emerging course that will be offered as an industry offered
course in V, VI or VII semesters under program elective with the approval of BoS. This is incorporated to enhance student
skills and Employability in cutting edge technologies.

VRSEC 9
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

LIST OF PROGRAM ELECTIVES

Streams:
x Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning (AI/ML)
x Data Science
x IoT& Cloud (IoT&C)
x Cyber security & Block Chain (CSBC)
x AR & VR Game Tech (AR&VR)
x Computer Networks(CN)
x Others
x Industry offered Courses (IOC)

SEMESTER V (Program Elective 1)

S.No Course Code Stream Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS5404A AI/ML& Data Science Applied Statistics 3 0 0 3
2. 20CS5404B IoT& C Principles of Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3
3. 20CS5404C CSBC Information Security and Risk 3 0 0 3
Management
4. 20CS5404D AR & VR Programming for Games 2 0 2 3
5. 20CS5404E CN Network Programming 2 0 2 3
6. 20CS5404F Others Object Oriented Analysis and Design 3 0 0 3
7. 20CS5404G IOC Industry offered course 3 0 0 3

SEMESTER VI (Program Elective II)

S.No Course Code Stream Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS6404A AI/ML Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3
2. 20CS6404B Data Science Programming For Data Science 2 0 2 3
3. 20CS6404C IoT& C Internet of Things 2 0 2 3
4. 20CS6404D CSBC &CN Software Defined Networks 3 0 0 3
5. 20CS6404E AR & VR Advanced Programming for Games 3 0 0 3
6. 20CS6404F Others Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3
7. 20CS6404G IOC Industry offered course 3 0 0 3

SEMESTER VII (Program Elective III)

S.No Course Code Stream Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS7402A AI/ML, Data Science Business Intelligence and Data 3 0 0 3
Visualization
2. 20CS7402B IoT& C Cloud Architecture 3 0 0 3
3. 20CS7402C CSBC Cyber Security 3 0 0 3
4. 20CS7402D AR & VR UI&UX design 3 0 0 3
5. 20CS7402E CN High Performance Computing 3 0 0 3
6. 20CS7402F Others Pattern Recognition 3 0 0 3
7. 20CS7402G IOC Industry offered course 3 0 0 3

SEMESTER VII (Program Elective IV)

S.No Course Code Stream Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS7403A AI/ML Predictive Modelling & Analytics 3 0 0 3
2. 20CS7403B Data Science Big Data Analytics 3 0 0 3
3. 20CS7403C IoT& C Big Data on Cloud 3 0 0 3
4. 20CS7403D CSBC Cyber Forensics 3 0 0 3
5. 20CS7403E AR & VR Cross Platform Game Development 3 0 0 3
6. 20CS7403F CN Wireless Communication Networks 3 0 0 3
7. 20CS7403G Others Software Testing Methodologies 3 0 0 3
8. 20CS7403H IOC Industry offered course 3 0 0 3

SEMESTER VII (Program Elective V)

S.No Course Code Stream Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS7404A AI/ML, Data Deep Learning 3 0 0 3
Science
2. 20CS7404B IoT& C Adhoc and Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3
3. 20CS7404C CSBC Block chain Technology 3 0 0 3
4. 20CS7404D AR & VR Virtual Reality Technologies & AR 3 0 0 3
Development
5. 20CS7404E CN Cyber Physical Systems 3 0 0 3
6. 20CS7404F Others Mobile Commerce 3 0 0 3
VRSEC 10
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

7. 20CS7404G IOC Industry offered course 3 0 0 3

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES

SEMESTER V (OE I)
S.No Course Code Course Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS5205A Open Elective I Web Programming 2 0 2 3
2. 20CS5205B Open Elective I LINUX Essentials 2 0 2 3
3. 20CS5205C Open Elective I Fundamentals of Data Structures *For
the students of Non CSE(AI&DS, 2 0 2 3
AI&ML/IT branches only
4. 20CS5205D Open Elective I Data Mining & Data warehousing 2 0 2 3

SEMESTER VI (OE II)

S.No Course Code Course Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS6205A Open Elective II Mobile Application Development 2 0 2 3
2. 20CS6205B Open Elective II No SQL Databases 2 0 2 3
3. 20CS6205C Open Elective II Fundamentals of Java Programming
*For the students of Non CSE 2 0 2 3
(AI&DS,AI&ML/IT branches only
4. 20CS6205D Open Elective II Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
& Machine Learning * For the
2 0 2 3
students of Non CSE(AI&DS,
AI&ML/IT branches only

SEMESTER VII (OE III)

S.No Course Code Course Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS7205A Open Elective III Programming in C++: A Hands-on
Introduction Specialization 0 0 0 3
(Offered by Codio)
2. 20CS7205B Open Elective III Social Networks(Offered by NPTEL) 0 0 0 3
3. 20CS7205C Open Elective III Any other MOOC Course decided by
0 0 0 3
the department

SEMESTER VII (OE IV)

S.No Course Code Course Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20CS7206A Open Elective IV Mastering Software Development in R
Specialization(Offered by Johns 0 0 0 3
Hopkins University)
2. 20CS7206B Open Elective IV Foundations of R Software(Offered by
0 0 0 3
NPTEL)
3. 20CS7206C Open Elective IV Any other MOOC Course decided by
0 0 0 3
the department

VRSEC 11
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER – I

VRSEC 12
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS1101
MATRICES AND DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Course Institutional Core Credits: 3

Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Continuous Evaluation: 30
Matrices, Semester end 70
Fundamentals of Evaluation: 100
Calculus, Integration, Total Marks:
Differentiation.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Determine Eigen values, Eigen vectors of a matrix.
CO2 Estimate Maxima and Minima of Multivariable functions.

CO3 Solve the Linear differential equations with constant coefficients.

CO4 Solve the Linear differential equations with variable coefficients.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes

(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT I
Matrices: Consistency of Linear System of Equations, Linear Transformations,

VRSEC 13
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Vectors, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Properties of Eigen values, Finding
Inverse and Powers of a Matrix by Cayley-Hamilton Theorem. Reduction to
Diagonal form, Reduction of Quadratic form to Canonical form, Nature of a
Quadratic form, Complex matrices.
UNIT II
Differential Calculus: Fundamental Theorems-Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s
Mean Value Theorem, Cauchy’s Mean Value Theorem and Taylor’s Theorem,
Expansions of functions-Maclaurin’s Series and Taylor’s Series.
Application: Curvature, Radius of Curvature.
Functions of two or more Variables: Taylor’s Theorem for Function of two
Variables, Maxima and Minima of Functions of two Variables, Lagrange’s Method
of Undetermined Multipliers.

UNIT III
Differential Equations of First Order:Exact Differential Equations, Equations
Reducible to Exact Equations.
Applications: Orthogonal Trajectories, Newton’s Law of Cooling.
Linear Differential Equations of Higher Order: Definitions, Operator D, Rules
for Finding the Complementary Function, Inverse Operator, Rules for finding
Particular Integral, Working Procedure to Solve the Equation.

UNIT IV
Method of Variation of Parameters, Method of Undetermined Coefficients,
Equations Reducible to Linear Equations with Constant Coefficients: Cauchy’s
Homogeneous Linear Equation, Legendre’s Linear Equation, Linear Dependence
of Solutions, Simultaneous Linear Equations with Constant Coefficients.
Application: L-C-R Circuits.

TEXT BOOK

1. B.S.Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th

Edition, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1].Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, 10 th
Edition, 2015.
[2].B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata MC Graw Hill, 1 st
VRSEC 14
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Edition, 2007. [3].N.P.Bali, Dr.Manish Goyal, A Text Book of

Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications, 9th Edition, 2014.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1]. www.nptel videos.com/mathematics/ (Math Lectures from
MIT,Stanford,IIT’S)
[2]. nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017
[3]. nptel.ac.in/courses/111105035
[4]. Engineering Mathematics Open Learning Project.
www.3.ul.ie/~mlc/support/Loughborough%20website/

VRSEC 15
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS1102A
APPLIED PHYSICS

Course Institutional Core Credits: 3

Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 10 + 2 level Physics Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end 70
Evaluation: 100
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the importance of quantum mechanics.
CO2 Analyse and understand various types of lasers and their applications.
CO3 Elaborate different types of optical fibers and understand the concept of
Superconductivity
CO4 Understand the fabrication of nanomaterials and carbon Nanotubes.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 1
CO4 3 2

COURSE CONTENT
Unit-I : Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of light, Matter waves and Debroglie’s
hypothesis, Davisson-Germer’s experiment,G. P. Thomson experiment,
Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle and its applications (Non existence of electron

VRSEC 16
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

in nucleus, Finite width of spectral lines), One dimensional time independent and
time dependent Schrödinger’s wave equations, physical significance of wave
function, Particle in a box (One dimension).
Unit-II :Lasers
Lasers: Introduction, Characteristics of laser, Basic Principles of lasers
(absorption, spontaneous emission,stimulated emission), Requirements of lasers
(pumping, population inversion, cavity resonance), Einstein’s coefficients,
different types of lasers: solid-state lasers (Ruby, Neodymium), gas lasers
(He-Ne, CO2), Semiconductor laser, applications of lasers in science, engineering
and medicine.

Unit- III : Fibre Optics and Superconductivity

Fibre Optics: Introduction, Fundamentals of optic fibre, Propagation of light
through optical fiber, Types of optical fibers, Numerical aperture, Fractional
Refractive Index change, Fiber optics in communication and its advantages.
Superconductivity: Introduction, Critical parameters, Flux quantization, Meissner
effect, Types of Superconductors, BCS theory, Cooper pairs, London’s equation-
penetration depth, high temperature super conductors, Applications of
superconductors.

TEXT BOOKS
[1]. M.N. Avadhanulu & P.G. Kshirsagar, Engineering Physics, S. Chand
publications, Revised Edition, 2014
[2]. P.K. Palanisamy, “Applied Physics”, Scitech Publications(INDIA) Pvt.
Ltd., Fifth Print, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1]. B. K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, ‘Engineering Physics’ Cengage Learning’,
Delhi, 2012.
th
[2]. O. Svelto, Principles of Lasers, 5 Edition, Springer, London, 2010
[3]. M.R. Srinivasan, “Engineering Physics”, New age international publishers,
First Edition, 2011.
th
[4]. Gaur and Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpatrai publishers,8 edition 2008.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/8-04-quantum-physics-i-spring-
2013/lecture-videos/
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-005-understanding-lasers-and-fiberoptics-
VRSEC 17
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

spring-2008/laser-fundamentals-i/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106198/19
4. https://www.peterindia.net/NanoTechnologyResources.html

VRSEC 18
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES1103
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING
Course Engineering Science Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture-Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: -- Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the different types of problem solving approaches

CO2 Apply the selections, loops, arrays, and string concepts in C to solve
problems.

CO3 Apply functions and pointer concepts in C to solve problems.

CO4 Apply enum, structures, unions, and file handling functions to Solve
problems

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes

(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to computer-based problem solving: Requirement of problem

VRSEC 19
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

solving by computers, problem definition, Use of examples for problem solving,

similarities between problems, Problem solving strategies, steps involved in
problem solving.
Program design and implementation issues: programs and algorithms, top-down
design and step-wise refinement, construction of loops-basic programming
constructs, Implementation, programming environment.
Algorithms for problem solving: Exchanging values of two variables, Summation
of a set of numbers, decimal to binary base conversion, reversing the digit of an
integer, to find greatest common divisor (GCD) of two numbers, to verify whether
an integer is prime or not, organize a given set of numbers in ascending order, find
the square root of an integer, factorial of a given number, generate the Fibonacci
sequence for n terms, evaluate sin(x) as sum of series, to find the value of the
power of a number raised by another integer, reverse order elements of an array,
find largest number in an array, print elements of upper triangular matrix,
multiplication of two matrices, to compute to roots of a quadratic equation
ax2+bx+c=0.

UNIT II
Introduction to the C Language: Background of C program, Identifiers, Types,
Variables, Constants, Memory Layout, Input/Output, Programming Examples.

Structure of a C Program: Logical Data and Operators, Expressions, Precedence

and Associatively, Evaluating Expressions, Type Conversion, Statements, Storage
Class.
Selection: Two-way Selection, Multiway Selection, More Standard Functions.
Repetition: Concept of a Loop Loops In C, Loop Examples, Recursion, The
Calculator Program.
Arrays: Array Concepts in C, Inter-Function Communication, Array Applications,
Two Dimensional Arrays, Multidimensional Arrays.
UNIT III
Strings:String Concepts, C Strings, String Input/Output Functions, Arrays of
Strings, String Manipulation Functions, String- Data Conversion.
Functions: Functions in C, User Defined Functions, Call by Value, Call Value
Reference, Inter-FunctionCommunication, Standard Functions, Scope.
Pointers: Introduction to Pointer, Pointers for Inter-Function Communications,
Pointers to Pointers, Compatibility, Lvalue and Rvlaue.

VRSEC 20
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Pointer Applications: Arrays and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and Arrays,

Passing an Array to a Function, Memory Allocations Functions, Array of Pointers.
UNIT IV
Enumerations: The Type Definition(Typedef), Enumerated Types: Declaring an
Enumerated Type , Operations on Enumerated Types, Enumeration Type
Conversion, Initializing Enumerated Constants, Anonymous Enumeration:
Constants, Input/Output Operators.
Structures: Structure Type Declaration, Initialization, Accessing Structures,
Operations on Structures, Complex Structures, Structures and Functions, Sending
the Whole Structure, Passing Structures through Pointers.
Unions:Referencing Unions, Initializers, Unions and Structures, Internet Address,
Programming Applications.
File Handling:Files, Streams, Standard Library Input/Output Functions,
Formatting Input/output Functions and Character Input/Output Functions,
Command-Line Arguments.
TEXT BOOKS

[1]. Programming and Problem Solving Through "C" Language By HarshaPriya,

R. Ranjeet · Firewall media 2006
[2]. Behrouz A. Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, “Computer Science A
Structured Programming Approach Using C”, CENGAGE Learning, Third
Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Anil B. Chaudhuri, “Flowchart and Algorithm Basics: The Art of
Programming”, Mercury Learning & Information, 2020.
[2] R.G. Dromey, “How to Solve it By Computer”, Prentice-Hall International
Series in Computer Science,1982.
[3] YashwantKanetkar , “Let us C” , BPB Publications, 16th Edition 2017.
[4] Kernighan and Ritchie,“The C programming language”, The (Ansi C Version),
PHI, second edition.
[5] Paul J. Dietel and Harvey M. Deitel, “C: How to Program”, Prentice Hall, 8th
edition (Jan 19 ,2021).
[6] K.R.Venugopal, Sundeep R. Prasad, “Mastering C”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition,
2015.

VRSEC 21
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Computer Science and Engineering - Noc:problem Solving Through
Programming in C. [online] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105171/
[2] Computer Science and Engineering - Noc:introduction To Programming in C.
[online] https://-nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104128/
[3] C For Everyone: Structured Programming.
[online]https://www.coursera.org/learn/c-structured -programming
[4] Advanced C Programming CourseTim Academy-Jason Fedin. [online]
https://www.udemy.com/- course/advanced-c-programming-course/

VRSEC 22
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES1104
BASICS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Course Engineering Sciences Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture-Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: -- Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze Electric Circuit fundamentals.
CO2 Understand the basic concepts of Alternating Quantities and
MagneticCircuits.
CO3 Analyze the basic concepts of Electric Machines
CO4 Understand Measuring Instruments & Solar Photo Voltaic Systemconcepts
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2
CO2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT - I
Introduction to Electrical Engineering: Electric Current, Electromotive
force,Electric power and energy, Basic circuit components- Resistors-Inductors-
Capacitors. Electromagnetic Phenomenon and Related Laws, Kirchhoff's laws.

VRSEC 23
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Network Analysis: Network sources-Ideal independent voltage source,

Idealindependent current source, Dependent sources, Practical voltage and
current sources, Source conversion, Voltage and Current division rule, series and
parallel connection of R, L and C, Star-Delta or, Delta- Star transformation. Mesh
andNodal Analysis (with independent sources only).
UNIT – II

Alternating Quantities: Introduction, Generation of a.c. voltages, Waveforms

and Basic Definitions, Relationship between frequency, speed and number
ofpoles, Root Mean Square and Average values of alternating current and
voltages,Form Factor and Peak Factor, Phasor representation of alternating
quantities.
Magnetic Circuits: Introduction, Magnetic Circuits, Magnetic Field Strength
(H),Magneto motive Force, Permeability, Reluctance, Analogy between Electric
andMagnetic Circuits, Magnetic potential drop, Magnetic circuit computations,
Selfand Mutual Inductance, Energy in Linear Magnetic Systems
(Derivation for pure inductor).
UNIT - III
DC Machines: Introduction, Construction of dc machines, Armature
Windings,Generation of dc voltage and torque production in a dc
machine,Operation of a dc machine as a generator, Operation of dc machine as a
motor.
Induction Motors: Introduction, Constructional features of three-phase induction
motors, Principle of operation of three-phase induction motor- Slip and rotor
frequency, Voltage and current equations and equivalent circuit of an induction
motor.

UNIT - IV
Measuring Instruments: Introduction, Classification of instruments, Operating
Principles, Essential features of measuring instruments, Ammeters and
Voltmeters,Measurement of power.
Solar photovoltaic Systems: Solar cell fundamentals,
characteristics,classification, module, panel and array construction, Maximizing
the solar PVoutput and load matching, Maximum Power Point Tracker Basic
Algorithm and Flowchart, PV system components, solar PV systems and solar PV
applications.

VRSEC 24
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS

[1] T.K. Nagasarkar and M.S. Sukhja, “Basic Electric Engineering”, 2nd
ed.,Oxford University press 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] B.H.Khan, ”Non Conventional Energy Resources”, 2nd ed., Mc.Graw

HillEducation PvtLtd.,New
Delhi,2013.
[2] AshfaqHussain, HaroonAshfaq, “ Fundamentals of Electric Engineering” 4th
ed., DhanpatRai& Co,
2014.
[3] I.J.Nagarath and Kothari, “Theoy and Problems of Basic Electric
Engineering”, 2nd ed., PHI Pvt. Ltd.,
2016.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1]. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/

VRSEC 25
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20HS1105
TECHNICAL ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Course Institutional Core Credits: 2
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 2 - 0 - 0
Practice:
Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Continuous 30
the language skills viz Evaluation: 70
Listening, Speaking, Semester end 100
Reading and Writing, Evaluation:
including Sentence Total Marks:
construction abilities

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Develop administrative and professional compilations with felicity of
CO1
expression
Demonstrate Proficiency in advanced reading and context oriented
CO2
writing
Apply the elements of functional English with sustained understanding
CO3 for authentic use of language in any given academic and/or professional
environment
CO4 Execute tasks in Technical communication with competence
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 2 2 3
CO4 3

VRSEC 26
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Professional Writing Skills:-
¾ Professional Letters:
Business, Complaint and Transmittal – Purpose, Style and format with spe
reference to
Block Format and Modified Block Format
¾ Paragraph and Essay Writing:
Linkers , Descriptive and Analytical with illustrations
¾ Effective writing Practice-
Appropriateness. Brevity, clarity, cogency and coherence with guided and semi
controlled
compilations including the use of Idiomatic expressions
UNIT II
Reading comprehension and Discourse development Skills
¾ Analytical and critical reading - critical, creative and lateral thinking-
language and thinking – thinking process and language development.
¾ Effective reading Strategies - Skimming, Scanning, Eye span, fixation,
taming Regression, and Issues and Challenges of Vocalization and sub-
vocalization.
¾ Context-oriented Dialogue/ Argument writing - Extending Invitation,
Reciprocation, Acceptance,
Concurrence, Disagreeing without being disagreeable- Discourse/dialogue
Development and identification of inconsistencies in pre-prepared dialogues
UNIT III
Vocabulary and Functional English
¾ Vocabulary for Competitive examinations ( A list of 500 High frequency
words) Synonyms,
Antonyms, Matching Homonyms, Homophones and nearer words along with
Root words
¾ Verbal analogies(Single Unit) – Synonym Relation, Antonym relation,
Object- Operator relation, Object-Obstacle/obstruction relation, Sequence
Relation, Place-Monument Relation, Science- area of activity relation,
Profession- Tool relation, Gender relation, Diminutive relation, etc
¾ Functional Grammar with special reference to Tense, Concord, Articles
pronoun-referent,
Prepositions, use of Gerund ,Parallelism, etc ( A Representative collection o
100 sentences)

VRSEC 27
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT IV
Technical Communication skills:
¾ Technical Proposal writing- Characteristics, Proposal Superstructure,
Checklist , Formal Proposal
¾ Technical Vocabulary- Basic explanations and Description
¾ Technical Report writing- Informational Reports and Feasibility Report-
Types, Components, Style and Formats
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Martin Cutts, Oxford guide to Plain English, 7th Impression, Oxford
University Press, 2011
[2] M. Ashraf Rizvi, Effective Technical Communication, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.
[3] John Langan, College Writing Skills, McGraw Hill, IX Edition, 2014.
[4] Eclectic Learning materials offered by the Department
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Randolph Quirk, Use of English, Longman, I Edition (1968) Reprinted 2004.
[2] Thomson A.J & A.V, Martinet, Practical English Grammar, III Edition,
Oxford University Press,2001
[3] V.Sethi and P.V. Dhamija, A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English, II
Edition, PHI, 2006
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://www.britishcouncil.org/english
[2] www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk/Wkshops/Materials/specialising.xml?ID=online
[3] https://www.uni-
marburg.de/sprachenzentrum/selbstlernzentrum/.../apps_for_esl.pdf

VRSEC 28
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20MC1106
TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY
Course Institutional Core Credits: --
Category:
Course Type: Mandatory Learning Lecture -Tutorial- 1-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: Continuous 100
Evaluation: --
Semester end 100
Evaluation:
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the origins of technology and its role in the history of human
CO1
progress.
CO2 Know the Industrial Revolution and its impact on Society
Interpret the developments in various fields of technology till Twentieth
CO3
Century.
Distinguish the impacts of Technology on the Environment and
CO4
achievements of great scientists.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 1

CO2 3 2 1

CO3 3 1

CO4 3 2 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT – I

VRSEC 29
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

(4 lectures)
Introduction: Origins of technology, The Agriculture revolution, Technological
contributions of ancient civilizations- Mesopotamians, Egyptians, Greeks,
Romans, Indians and Chinese.

UNIT – II
(4 lectures)
Industrial revolution: The social and political background, The technical
background, Steam: The power behind the Indistrial Revolution, The revolution
in Textile Industry, The Imapact of Indutrial Revolution on Society.

UNIT – III
(4 lectures)
The Flowering of modern technology: Manufacturing Technologies, Prime
Movers, Internal Combustion Engines, Production of Metals and Alloys, The
Birth of Electrical Technology, Twentieth Century: The Flowering of modern
technology like information technology and biotechnology, and its implications
on society.

UNIT – IV
(4 lectures)
Technology, Science and Society: Impact of technology on society, The Impacts
of Technology on the environment, Sustainable development.
Achievements of famous scientists:
(World): Einestein, Newton, Faraday, Graham Bell, Edison, S.Hawking.
(India): CV Raman, S.Chandrasekhar, Aryabhatta, Homi J Bhabha, Vikram
Sarabhai, APJ Abdulkalam, S.Ramanujan, M.Visweswarayya.

TEXT BOOKS

[1] Dr. R.V.G Menon, “Technology and Society”, Pearson Education, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS

[2] Quan-Haase, A., “ Technology and Society: Inequality, Power, and Social
Networks”, Oxford University Press, 2013.

VRSEC 30
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS1151A
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY
Course Institutional Core Credits: 1.5
Category:
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial- 0-0-3
Practice:
Prerequisites: - Continuous 30
Evaluation: 70
Semester end 100
Evaluation:
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Use function generator, spectrometer and travelling microscope in
various experiments
CO2 Test optical components using principles of interference and diffraction
of light
CO3 Determinethe V-I characteristicsof solar cell and photo celland appreciate
the accuracy in measurements
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3

CO2 3

CO3 2 3

COURSE CONTENT
1. Photo cell-Study of V-I Characteristics, determination of work function
2. Newton’s Rings-Radius of curvature of plano convex lens.
3. Compound pendulum-Measurement of ‘g’
4. LCR circuit- Study of Resonance
5. AC Sonometer –Verification of vibrating laws

VRSEC 31
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

6. Solar cell–Determination of Fill Factor

7. Diffraction grating-Wavelength of laser light
8. Optical fiber-Study of attenuation and propagation characteristics
9. Diffraction grating-Measurement of wavelength of mercury source
10. Hall effect –Hall coefficient measurement
11. Figure of merit of a galvanometer
12. Variation of magnetic field along the axis of current-carrying circular
coil
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Madhusudhan Rao, “Engineering Physics Lab Manual”, Isted., Scitech
Publications, 2015
[2] Ramarao Sri, ChoudaryNityanand and Prasad Daruka, ”Lab Manual of
Engineering Physics”.,
Vth ed., Excell Books, 2010
E-RESOURCES
[1] http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/physics-experiment
[2] http://www.physicsclassroom.com/The-Laboratory
[3] http://facstaff.cbu.edu/~jvarrian/physlabs.html
VIRTUAL LAB REFERENCES
[1] http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=201&sim=366&cnt=1
[2] http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=195&sim=840&cnt=1
[3] http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=282&sim=879&cnt=1

VRSEC 32
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES1152
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING LABORATORY

Course Engineering Science Credits: 1.5

Category:
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial- 0-0-3
Practice:
Prerequisites: --- Continuous 30
Evaluation: 70
Semester end 100
Evaluation:
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Implement the use of programming constructs in a structural
programming language.
CO2 Apply the selections, loops, arrays, and string concepts in C to solve
problems.
CO3 Apply functions, pointer, and Enum concepts in C to solve problems.
CO4 Solve problems using structures, Unions, and file handling functions.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 1 3

CO2 1 3 1

CO3 1 3 3

CO4 1 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
WEEK – 1 : Introduction to C Programming
a) The Structure of C Program with a sample program.
VRSEC 33
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

b) Use identifiers, data types, format specifiers, constants, and variables

declaration and initialization to write simple C programs.
c) Write simple C programs using preprocessor commands and simple I/O
statements.

WEEK – 2 : Data Types and Variable Declarations

a) Use void, integral and floating point data types in different scenarios to
write programs.
b) Use various primitive data types for performing different mathematical
operations.
c) Programs to perform mathematical operations using various operators in C

WEEK – 3 : Selection – Making Decisions

a) Write programs using the if...else selection statements.
b) Use nested if...else statement to solve problems that need multi-level
selection making decisions.
c) Write programs that use switch...case and else...if multi way statements to
select one out of several options.

WEEK – 4 : Looping Constructs and Their Applications

a) To have a clear idea on loop initialization, validation and updation.
b) Write programs using the while, for, or do...while loops.
c) To understand the logic and adopt best looping construct for different kinds
of problems.
d) Design and develop programs based on Iterative loops using While, Do
While, For, Nested For.

WEEK – 5 : Unconditional Control Transfer Statements

a) Write programs using of (break, and continue) unconditional control
transfer statements.
b) Use the goto statement to transfer the control from one part to another part
of a program and the use of return statement to end the execution of a called
function.

WEEK – 6 : Arrays and Their Applications

a) To utilize one dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays to solve problems
that use set(s) of similar type input data.
b) To write programs that perform multiple classical operations like searching,

VRSEC 34
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

sorting, updation, or deletion on array elements.

WEEK – 7 : Strings, String I/O and Manipulation Functions

a) To write programs that work on read, write and manipulate fixed length and
variable-length strings and/or arrays of strings
b) To write programs that use predefined string I/O functions.
c) To write programs that use string manipulation functions from the string
library.

WEEK – 8 : Concepts of User Defined Functions

a) Design and develop programs depending on functions both user defined
andstandard library functions in C with different approaches.
b) To write a program using more than one function with or without
parameters and function return type.

WEEK – 9 : Pointers and Their Applications

a) Programs on declaration of pointers and their usage in C.
b) Programs to relate between arrays and pointers and use them efficiently in a
program.
c) To pass pointers as an argument to a function, and use it efficiently in a
program.
d) To write programs using static and dynamic memory allocation.

WEEK – 10 : Structure, Union, and Enumeration

a) Programs to define, declare and access structure and union variables
b) Design and develop programs to work with pointers to access data within a
structure
c) Programs to pass structure as an argument to a function
d) To write C programs using enumeration data types, an easiest way of
mapping symbolic names to integer values.

WEEK – 11 : File Handling Operations

a) Programs to open and close text and binary files using file I/O commands.
b) Write programs to perform read and write operations using the formatting
I/O and character I/O functions.
c) Apply file positioning, status and system commands based on a problem
requirements.

VRSEC 35
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

WEEK – 12 : Command Line Arguments

a) To use command line arguments to pass inputs in a single line while
executing a program through the DOS command prompt or Linux terminal.
b) To use atoi function to convert a default string value argument to an integer
value inside the main function in a program.
c) To use atof function to convert a default string value argument to a float
value inside the main
function in a program.
Text Book(s)
[1] Behrouz A. Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, “Computer Science A
Structured Programming Approach Using C”, CENGAGE Learning, Third
Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Anil B. Chaudhuri, “Flowchart and Algorithm Basics: The Art of
Programming”, Mercury Learning & Information, 2020.
[2] R.G. Dromey, “How to Solve it By Computer”, Prentice-Hall International
Series in Computer Science,1982.
[3] YashwantKanetkar , “Let us C” , BPB Publications, 16th Edition 2017.
[4] Kernighan and Ritchie,“The C programming language”, The (Ansi C
Version), PHI, second edition.
[5] Paul J. Dietel and Harvey M. Deitel, “C: How to Program”, Prentice Hall, 8th
edition (Jan 19, 2021).
[6] K.R.Venugopal, Sundeep R. Prasad, “Mastering C”, McGraw Hill, 2 nd
Edition, 2015.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

1] Computer Science and Engineering - Noc:problem Solving Through
Programming in C. [online] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105171/
[2] Computer Science and Engineering - Noc:introduction To Programming in C.
[online] https://-nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104128/
[3] C For Everyone: Structured Programming.
[online]https://www.coursera.org/learn/c-structured -programming
[4] Advanced C Programming CourseTim Academy-Jason Fedin. [online]
https://www.udemy.com/-course/advanced-c-programming-course/

VRSEC 36
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20HS1153
TECHNICAL ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
LABORATORY
Course Institutional Core Credits: 1.5
Category:
Course Type: Practical Lecture -Tutorial- 0 - 0 - 3
Practice:
Prerequisites: Basic understanding of the Continuous 30
language skills viz Evaluation: 70
Listening, Speaking, Semester end 100
Reading and Writing, Evaluation:
including Sentence Total Marks:
construction abilities

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Develop active and authentic listening comprehension skills relevant for
the professional world.
CO2 Execute web related(On-line) communication with felicity of expression
CO3 Apply relevant speech patterns including standard pronunciation
CO4 Demonstrate Proficiency in Interpersonal Communication with fluency
and accuracy
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1 3 3

CO2 2 3

CO3 3

CO4 2 3

VRSEC 37
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Listening Skills:
¾ Exposure to structured and open talks- Active listening, Appreciative
listening, Biased listening, Critical listening Empathetic listening,
Judgmental listening
¾ Content-oriented Listening Skills :
Short Conversations- 5-10 minute duration- components, statistics,
nominal and other references
¾ Concept oriented/ purposive Listening skills:
Long Conversations- 10-30minute duration -
¾ Problems in comprehension & retention – Note-taking practice –
Listening tests-
¾ Overcoming Barriers to listening: Physical & psychological – Steps to
overcome them with demonstration and practice

Unit-II
Professional and On-line drafting skills:
¾ Professional drafting skills : Circular, Notice, Executive summary
¾ E-mail etiquette- Awareness with Illustrations and practice
¾ Elements of Chat-room interaction- courtesy, techniques o
argumentation
¾ Written Response to web-content- conciseness with accountability
¾ Data interpretation- compiling analytical, comparative and critica
observations
by interpreting graphs, charts, etc.
UNIT III
Phonetics and Speech patterns:
¾ Speech Mechanism – Organs of speech and patterns of articulation of speech
sounds.
¾ Vowels, Consonants and Diphthongs- Transcription using Internationa
Phonetic Alphabet
¾ Word Stress and Rhythm- practice
¾ Intonation pattern practice- Tones , Tone group boundaries and Tonal
variations
¾ Strong forms and weak forms in Connected speech - Illustrations and
Practice

UNIT IV
Interpersonal Spoken communication skills:
VRSEC 38
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

¾ Fluency & accuracy in speech –Improving self-expression

¾ Listener oriented speaking - Interpersonal Conversation- Manner and
Temper
¾ Developing persuasive speaking skills- Role play
¾ Overcoming Barriers to speaking – Building self-confidence– through
Conversation practice
¾ Improving responding capacity - Extempore speech practice

TEXT BOOKS
1. Garner, Bryan A, HBR Guide to Better Business Writing, Harvard Busines
Review Press,
Boston, Massachusetts, 2013.
2. Exercises in Spoken English, Prepared by Department of Phonetics and
Spoken
English, CIEFL,(Currently English and Foreign Languages University)
OUP, 21st Impression, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Randolph Quirk, Use of English, Longman, I Edition (1968) Reprinted 2004.
[2] Thomson A.J & A.V, Martinet, Practical English Grammar, III Edition,
Oxford University Press,2001
[3] V.Sethi and P.V. Dhamija, A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English, II
Edition, PHI, 2006
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] ODll Language Learner’s Software, Orell Techno Systems
[2] Visionet Spears Digital Language Lab software Advance Pro
[3] www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk, British National Corpus

VRSEC 39
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES1154
COMPUTING AND PERIPHERALS LABORATORY
Course Engineering Sciences Credits: 1
Category:
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial- 0-0-2
Practice:
Prerequisites: - Continuous 30
Evaluation: 70
Semester end 100
Evaluation:
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Able to assemble a PC and install operating system and other software.
CO2 Able to trouble shoot hardware and software issues.
CO3 Able to configure network settings to connect to internet.
CO4 Able to createdocuments, presentations and spread sheets using office
productivity tools.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 1
CO2 3 2 3 1
CO3 3 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
COURSE CONTENT
PC Hardware/Software
Week 1 – Task 1: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components in a CPU
and its functions. Draw the block diagram of the CPU along with the
configuration of each peripheral and submit to your instructor.
Week 1– Task 2: Every student should disassemble and assemble the PC back to
working condition. Lab instructors should verify the work and follow it up with
a Viva. Also, students need to go through the video which shows the process of
VRSEC 40
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

assembling a PC. A video would be given as part of the course content.

Week 2 – Task 1: Every student should individually install MS windows on the
personal computer. Lab instructor should verify the installation and follow it up
with a Viva.
Week 2 – Task 2: Every student should install Linux on the computer. This
computer should have windows installed. The system should be configured as
dual boot with both windows and Linux. Lab instructors should verify the
installation and follow it up with a Viva
Week 3 – Task 1: Hardware Troubleshooting: Students have to be given a PC
which does not boot due to improper assembly or defective peripherals. They
should identify the problem and fix it to get the computer back to working
condition. The work done should be verified by the instructor and followed up
with a Viva
Week 3 – Task 2: Software Troubleshooting: Students have to be given a
malfunctioning CPU due to system software problems. They should identify the
problem and fix it to get the computer back to working condition. The work done
should be verified by the instructor and followed up with a Viva.
Networks, Internet & World Wide Web
Week 4: Types of Network cables, connectors, crimping straight and crossover
cables, identification of network devices (Hubs, Switches, Routers).
Week 5: Orientation & Connectivity Boot Camp: Students should get connected
to their Local Area Network and access the Internet. In the process they
configure the TCP/IP setting. Finally, students should demonstrate, to the
instructor, how to access the websites and email.
Week 6: Wifi router configuration, connecting to internet, Static/Dynamic IP
address configuration, DNS, Gateway, Security configuration.
Productivity tools
LaTeX and Word
Week 7– Word Orientation: The mentor needs to give an overview of Microsoft
(MS) office 2007/ equivalent (FOSS) tool word: Importance of MS office 2007/
equivalent (FOSS) tool Word as word Processors, Details of the three tasks and
features that would be covered in word – Accessing, overview of components of
toolbars, saving files, Using help and resources, rulers, format painter.

VRSEC 41
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Week 8- Latex: Using LaTeX to create project certificate. Features to be

covered: Formatting Fonts, Drop Cap, Applying Text effects, Using Character
Spacing, Borders and Colours, Inserting Header and Footer, Using Date and
Time option in both LaTeX.
Week 9: Creating project abstract Features to be covered: Formatting Styles,
Inserting table, Bullets and Numbering, Changing Text Direction, Cell
alignment, Footnote, Hyperlink, Symbols, Spell Check, Track Changes.
Excel
Week 10 - Task 1 - Excel Orientation: The mentor needs to tell the importance of
MS office 2007/ equivalent (FOSS) tool Excel as a Spreadsheet tool, give the
details of the two tasks and features that would be covered in each. Using Excel –
Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving excel files, Using help and resources.
Week 10 – Task2: Calculating GPA -Features to be covered: Cell Referencing,
Formulae in excel – average, std. deviation, Charts, Renaming and Inserting
worksheets, Hyper linking, Count function, LOOKUP/VLOOKUP, Sorting,
Conditional formatting
Power Point or equivalent (FOSS) tool
Week 11– Task1: Students will be working on basic power point utilities and
tools which help them create basic power point presentation. Topic covered
during this week includes: PPT Orientation, Slide Layouts, Inserting Text, Word
Art, Formatting Text, Bullets and Numbering, Auto Shapes, Lines and Arrows in
both LaTeX and Power point. Students will be given model power point
presentation which needs to be replicated (exactly how it’s asked).
Week 12 - Task 3: Concentrating on the in and out of Microsoft power point.
Helps them learn best practices in designing and preparing power point
presentation. Topics covered during this week includes: - Master Layouts (slide,
template, and notes), Types of views (basic, presentation, slide master, notes etc),
Inserting – Background, textures, Design Templates, Hidden slides.
TEXT BOOKS
1. LaTeX Companion – Leslie Lamport, PHI/Pearson.
2. Introduction to Computers, Peter Norton, 6/e Mc Graw Hill Publishers.
3. Upgrading and Repairing, PC’s 18th e, Scott Muller QUE, Pearson
Education

VRSEC 42
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

4. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY

Dreamtech
5. IT Essentials PC Hardware and Software Companion Guide Third Edition
by David Anfinson and Ken Quamme. – CISCO Press, Pearson Education.
6. PC Hardware and A+ Handbook – Kate J. Chase PHI (Microsoft)
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIALL
1. https://dsceme.files.wordpress.com/2016/08/workshop-practice-manual-
2016-17- 1.pdf
2. https://www.protosystech.com/rapid-prototyping.htm
3. https://www.arduino.cc/en/Tutorial/Foundations
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/arduino/

VRSEC 43
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER – II

VRSEC 44
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS2101
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS

Course Institutional Core Credits: 3

Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: Vectors, Integration, Continuous Evaluation: 30
Curve Tracing. Semester end 70
Evaluation: 100
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Solve the Linear differential equations using Laplace Transforms.
CO2 Evaluate areas and volumes using Double, Triple Integrals.
CO3 Evaluate Grad, Div & Curl of scalar and vector point functions.
CO4 Convert Line Integrals to Area Integrals and Surface Integrals to Volume
Integrals.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT I
Laplace Transforms: Introduction, Definition, Conditions for the Existence,
Transforms of Elementary functions, Properties of Laplace Transforms,
Transforms of Periodic functions, Transforms of Derivatives, Transforms of
Integrals, Multiplication by tn, Division by ‘t’, Inverse Transforms-Method of

VRSEC 45
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

partial fractions, Other methods of finding Inverse Transform, Convolution

Theorem, Unit Step and Unit Impulse functions.
Applications: Evaluation of Integrals, Solving Differential Equations by Laplace
Transforms.
UNIT II
Integral Calculus: Double Integrals, Change of Order of Integration, Double
Integrals in Polar Coordinates, Triple Integrals, Change of Variables.
Applications: Area enclosed by Plane Curves, Volumes of Solids.

UNIT III
Vector Differential Calculus: Scalar and Vector point functions, Del applied to
Scalar point functions-Gradient, Del applied to Vector point functions, Physical
interpretation of Divergence and Curl, Del applied twice to point functions, Del
applied to products of point functions.
UNIT IV
Vector Integral Calculus: Integration of Vectors, Line Integral, Surface Integral,
Green’s Theorem in the plane, Stokes’s Theorem, Volume Integral, Gauss
Divergence Theorem, Irrotational Fields.

TEXT BOOK
[1] B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44 th
Edition, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Erwin Kreyszig , Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons,
10th Edition, 2015.
[2] B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics,Tata MC Graw Hill, 1st Edition,
2007.
[3] N.P.Bali, Dr.Manish Goyal, A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics,
Laxmi Publications, 9th Edition, 2014.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] www.nptel videos.com/mathematics/ (Math Lectures from MIT,Stanford,IIT’S)
[2] nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017
[3] nptel.ac.in/courses/111105035
[4] Engineering Mathematics Open Learning Project.
www.3.ul.ie/~mlc/support/Loughborough%20website/

VRSEC 46
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS2102
ENGINEEERING CHEMISTRY
Course Institutional Core Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture-Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: Chemistry Continuous Evaluation:30
knowledge at 70
Semester end Evaluation:
Intermediate Total Marks:100
level
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze various water treatment methods and boiler troubles.
CO2 Apply the concept of phase equilibrium to different materials and the
knowledge of working of electrodes and batteries in various
technological fields.
CO3 Evaluate corrosion processes as well as protection methods.
CO4 Apply the knowledge of conventional fuels and mechanistic aspects of
conducting polymers for their effective and efficient utilisation.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L - Low, M - Medium, H - High
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 O
12
CO1 3
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I (10 hours)
Water technology-I: WHO standards - Water treatment for drinking purpose -
sedimentation, coagulation, filtration, disinfection by chlorination, breakpoint
chlorination and its significance - Desalination of brackish water - principle and
VRSEC 47
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

process of electrodialysis and reverse osmosis, advantages and disadvantages.

Water technology-II: Boiler troubles - scales-formation, disadvantages and
internal conditioning methods - phosphate conditioning, calgon conditioning and
sodium aluminate, caustic embrittlement- reasons, mechanism and its control,
and boiler corrosion – causes and control.

UNIT II (10 hours)

Phase rule and applications: Definition and explanation of the terms – phase,
component and degree of freedom, phase rule equation, phase equilibria of
single component system – water system, two component system – silver-lead
system, applications of phase rule.

Electrochemistry: Construction and working of Calomel electrode, silver-silver

chloride electrode, and principle, construction and working of glass electrode,
determination of pH using glass electrode. Chemistry of modern batteries -
Li/SOCl2 battery and LixC/LiCoO2 battery – construction, working and
advantages.
Fuel cells: General working principle of a fuel cell, examples, chemistry of H 2-
O2 fuel cell.

UNIT III (10 hours)

Corrosion principles: Introduction, definition, reason for corrosion, examples –
types of electrochemical corrosion - hydrogen evolution and oxygen absorption
– corrosion due to dissimilar metals, galvanic series – differential aeration
corrosion – pitting corrosion and concept of passivity.
Corrosion control methods: Cathodic protection- principle and types -
impressed current method and sacrificial anode method, anodic protection-
principle and method, corrosion inhibitors – types and mechanism of inhibition –
principle, process and advantages of electroplating and electroless plating.

UNIT IV (10 hours)

Conducting polymers: Definition, examples, classification-intrinsically
conducting polymers and extrinsically conducting polymers- mechanism of
conduction of undoped polyacetylene, doping of conducting polymers-
mechanism of conduction of p-doped and n-doped polyacetylenes – applications
of conducting polymers.
Fuel technology: Fuel-definition, calorific value- lower and higher calorific
values and numericals on calculation of HCV and LCV relation, analysis of coal
– proximate analysis and ultimate analysis, flue gas analysis by Orsat’s
VRSEC 48
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

apparatus, numericals based on calculation of air required for combustion.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Shikha Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry – Fundamentals and
Applications”, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 1st edition (2015).

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Sunita Rattan , “A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry”, S.K. Kataria &
Sons, New Delhi, First edition 2012.
[2] P.C. Jain , “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P)
Limited, New Delhi, 15th edition.
[3] B.S. Bahl, G. D. Tuli and Arun Bahl, “Essentials of Physical Chemistry”,
S. Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi.
[4] O. G. Palanna, “ Engineering Chemistry”, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] http://www.cip.ukcentre.com/steam.htm
[2] http://corrosion-doctors.org/Modi;es/mod-basics.htm
[3] http://nopr.niscair.res.in/bitstream/123456789/5475/1/JSIR%2063%289%2
9%20715-728.pdf
[4] https://chem.libretexts.org/Core/Analytical_Chemistry/Electrochemistry/Ba
sics_of_Electrochemistry
[5] http://www.filtronics.com/blog/tertiary-treatment/stages-in-typical-
municipal-water-treatment/
[6] NPTEL online course, "Corrosion Part-I" offered by MHRD and instructed
by Prof. Kallol Mondal of IIT Kanpur

VRSEC 49
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES2103A
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON
Course Engineering Science Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3- 0 - 0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20ES1103Programming Continuous Evaluation: 30
for Problem Solving Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand the python syntax and semantics of control flow statements

CO2 Apply functions, modules and string handling in Python to solve problems

Analyze the methods to create and manipulate programs with Python data
CO3 structures

CO4 Analyse the concepts of object oriented approach to solve problems

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 3

CO2 1 2 1 1

CO3 1 1 1 1 2

CO4 3 2 2 2 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I

VRSEC 50
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Introduction to Object Oriented Programming: Features of Object Oriented

Programming, Merits and demerits of object oriented programming languages,
applications of object oriented programming, comparison between commonly used
programming languages.
Basics of Python Programming: Features, History, future of python, , writing and
executing first python program, Literal constants, variables and identifiers, data
types, input operation, comments, reserved words, indentation, operators and
expressions, expressions, Type conversion
Decision control statements: Introduction, Selection/conditional branching
statements, Basic loop structures/iterative statements, Nested loops, break,
continue and pass statements

UNIT II
Functions and Modules: Introduction, function declaration and definition,
function definition, function call, variable scope and lifetime, the return statement,
recursive functions, modules, packages in python.
Strings: Concatenating, appending and multiplying strings, immutability, String
formatting operator, built-in string methods and function, slice operation.
Lists: access and update values in lists, nested and cloning lists, basic list
operations, List methods, Using lists as Stack and Queues, list comprehensions,
loping in lists.
Tuple: Creating tuple, utility of tuples, accessing values in a tuple, updating tuple,
deleting elements in tuple, basic tuple operations

UNIT III
Sets: Creating a Set and set operations
Dictionaries: Creating a dictionary, accessing values, add, modify, delete, sort
items in a dictionary, looping over a dictionary.
Classes and Objects: Introduction, classes and objects, class method and self
argument, init() method, class and object variables, del() method, other special
methods, public and private data members, private methods, calling a class method
from another class method, built-in class attributes, garbage collection, class and

VRSEC 51
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

static methods
Inheritance: Introduction, inheriting classes in python, types of inheritance,
composition/containership/complex objects, abstract classes and interfaces, Meta
class.
UNIT IV
Operator Overloading: Introduction, implementing operator overloading, reverse
adding, overriding __getitem__() and __setitem__() methods, overriding the in
operator, overriding miscellaneous functions, overriding the _call__() method.
Error and Exception Handling: Introduction to errors and exceptions, handling
exceptions, multiple except blocks, multiple exceptions in a single block, except
block without exception, the else clause, raising exceptions, built-in and user-
defined exceptions, the finally block.

Self-Study:
String functions: ord(), chr() functions, in and not in operators
Standard Library modules, Globals(), Locals(), Reload(),date,time,sys
Comparing, iterating string, the String module, Regular expressions, meta
characters in regular expression.
Re-raising exception, Assertions in python
TEXT BOOKS:
[1] ReemaThareja,“Python ProgrammingUsing Problem Solving Approach”,
Oxford University Press, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
[1] Zed Shah, “Learn PythonThe Hard Way”, Third edition, Addison-Wesley,
2013.
[2] Charles Severance, " Python for Informatics- Exploring Information", 1st
edition Shroff Publishers, 2017.
[3] John V. Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming Using
Python”, The MIT Press, 2013
[4] W.Chun , "Core Python Programming", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.

VRSEC 52
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-resources and other digital material:

[1] Charles Severance: University of Michigan,Python for Everybody
[COURSERA]. (05-01-2021), Available: https://www.coursera.org/
[2] Prof. SudarshanIyengar, IIT Ropar, Prof. Yayati Gupta, IIIT Dharwad, The Joy
Of Computing Using Python [NPTEL], (05-01-2021),
Available:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/#
[3] Prof KannanMoudgalya, Professor, IIT Bombay, Python 3.4.3, [SWAYAM],
(05-01-2021), Available: https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic20_sp33/preview
[4] Corey Schafer,Python OOP Tutorials - Working with Classes, (05-01-2021),
Available: Python OOP Tutorials - Working with Classes - YouTube

VRSEC 53
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES2104A
BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Course Institutional Core Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Comprehend the fundamentals of electronic components, devices,
CO1
transducers
CO2 Understand and apply the principles of digital electronics
CO3 Learn the principles of various communication systems.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2

CO2 3 3

CO3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Electronic Components: Passive components - resistors, capacitors &inductors
(properties, common types, I-V relationship and uses). Semiconductor Devices:
Semiconductor Devices - Overview of Semiconductors - basic principle,
operation and characteristics of PN diode, Zener diode, BJT, JFET,
optoelectronic devices (LDR, photodiode, phototransistor, solar cell, photo
couplers).

VRSEC 54
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II
Transducers: Transducers - Instrumentation - general aspects, classification of
transducers, basic requirements of transducers, passive transducers - strain gauge,
thermistor, Hall-Effect transducer, LVDT, and active transducers - piezoelectric
and thermocouple -DHT, ULTRASONIC , PIR..sensors
UNIT III
Digital Electronics: Number systems - binary codes - logic gates Boolean algebra,
laws & theorems - simplification of Boolean expression - Implementation of
Boolean expressions using logic gates – standard forms of Booleanexpression.
UNIT IV
Digital Communication: Block diagram of a basic communication system -
frequency spectrum - need for modulation, Types of communication-Analog and
Digital communication-Advantages and Disadvantages of Digital Communication,
Time and frequency domain representation of signals, Sampling theorem, Nyquist
rate and Nyquist interval, Pulse code modulation, Line coding-Various formats,
Generation of digital modulation techniques-ASK,FSK,PSK
TEXT BOOKS

[1] Thyagarajan.T, SendurChelvi.K.P, Rangaswamy, “Engineering Basics:

Electrical, Electronics and computer Engineering”, T.R, New Age
International, Third Edition, 2007. (UNIT- I&II)
[2] Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronic Devices”, Pearson Education, 9thEdition,
2011. (UNIT- III)
[3] Dr. Sanjay Sharma, “Communication Systems(Analog & Digital)”,
S.K.Kataria& Sons (KATSON Books), 6th edition, 2014 (UNIT- IV)
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, ―Digital Designǁ, 4th edition,
Prentice Hall, 2007.
[2] S. Salivahanan, N.Suresh Kumar & A. Vallavaraj, “Electronic Devices &
Circuits”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,2008.
th
[3] Simon Haykin. ―Communication Systems, 4 edition, 2000, John Wiley
and Sons
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/103/117103063/
[2] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105132/
[3] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102096/

VRSEC 55
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES2105
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
Course Institutional Core Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory & Practice Lecture -Tutorial- 1-0-4
Practice:
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the Scales and conics.
CO2 Draw Orthographic projections of points, Lines and Planes.
Draw Orthographic projections of Solidsand to understand basics of Auto
CO3
CAD.
Understand the sections, Developmentsof solids and draw isometric
CO4
views using Auto CAD.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT – I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Principles of Engineering Graphics
and their Significance
Scales: Construction of plain and diagonal Scales
Conic Sections: Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola (Treatment is

VRSEC 56
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

limited to Eccentricity or General method only)

UNIT – II
Orthographic Projections: Principles of Orthographic Projections –Projections
of Points, Lines (Treatment is limited to First Angle Projection) and Projections
of Plane regular geometric figures (Up to Plane Inclined to both of the Reference
planes)
UNIT – III
Projections of Solids: Projections of simple solids such as Cubes, Prisms,
Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones with varying positions (Limited to Solid Inclined
to one of the Reference planes)
INTRODUCTION TO AUTO CAD:Basic introduction and operational
instructions of various commands in AutoCAD.(Internal Evaluation only)

UNIT – IV
Sections and Development of Surfaces of Right Angular Solids:
Sections and sectional views of right angular solids of Prism, Pyramid and Cone,
Development of surfaces of Right Regular Solids of Prism, Pyramid and Cone.
Isometric Projections: Conversion of isometric views into Orthographic
Projections of simple castingsusing Auto CAD. (Treatment is limited to simple
objects only, Internal Evaluation only).
TEXT BOOKS
[1] BasanthAgrawal& C M Agrawal,” Engineering Drawing”, McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi.
[2] N.D. Bhatt “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand. 53 rd
Edition – 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] K. L. Narayana& P. Kannaiah, “Text Book on Engineering Drawing”, Scitech
publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.,Chennai, 2nd Edition - fifth reprint 2006
[2] K. Venugopal, “Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD”, New Age
International, New Delhi
[3] D M Kulkarni, AP Rastogi, AK Sarkar, “Engineering Graphics with Auto
CAD”, PHI Learning Private Limited, Delhi Edition – 2013
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XCWJ XrkWco.
[2] http://www.me.umn.edu/courses/me2011/handouts/drawing/blanco-
tutorial.html# isodrawing.
[3] https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_me79/preview
[4] http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103019/
VRSEC 57
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20MC2106
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & PRACTICE
Course Mandatory Credits: --
Category: Learning
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 1-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: --
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Know the moral autonomy and uses of ethical theories.

CO2 Understand Engineering as Experimentation

CO3 Understand about safety, risk and professional rights.

CO4 Know the ethics regarding Global issues related to Environment,

Computers and weapon’s development. Understand general principles of
contracting.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 2 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3
CO4 3

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT I (4 lectures)
Engineering Ethics: Senses of ’Engineering Ethics’ - variety of moral issues-
types of inquiry - moral dilemmas - moral autonomy - Kohlberg’s theory -
VRSEC 58
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Gilligan’s theory - consensus and controversy - Models of Professional Roles -

theories about right action - Self-interest - customs and religion- uses of ethical
theories.

UNIT II (4 lectures)
Engineering as Social Experimentation: Engineering as experimentation –
engineers as responsible experimenters - codes of ethics - a balanced outlook on
law - the challenger case study
UNIT III (4 lectures)
Safety, Responsibilities and Rights: Safety and risk - assessment of safety and
risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – the three mile island and
chernobyl case studies. Collegiality and loyalty – respect for authority -
collective bargaining - confidentiality - conflicts of interest - occupational crime
- professional rights - employee rights - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) -
discrimination.

UNIT IV (4 lectures)
Global Issues: Multinational corporations- Environmental ethics- computer
ethics - weapons development - engineers as managers-consulting engineers-
engineers as expert witnesses and advisors -moral leadership-sample code of
Ethics (Specific to a particular Engineering Discipline).
General principles of contracts management : Indian contract act,1972 and
amendments covering general principles of contracting.
TEXT BOOKS

[1] Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in engineering”, McGraw

Hill, New York (1996).
[2] Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S., “Engineering Ethics”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi(2004).

REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] Baum, R.J. and Flores, A., “Ethical Problems in Engineering, Center for the
studyof the Human Dimensions of Science and Technology”, Rensellae
Polytechnic Institute,Troy, New York, 335 pp. eds. (1978)
[2] Beabout, G.R., Wennemann, D.J. , “Applied Professional Ethics: A
Developmental Approach for Use with Case Studies”, University Press of

VRSEC 59
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

America Lanham, MD, 175 pp (1994).

[3] Dutt (1994) Indian Contract Act, Eastern Law House.

VRSEC 60
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS2151B
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
Course Institutional Core Credits: 1.5
Category:
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial- 0-0-3
Practice:
Prerequisites: Knowledge of chemistry Continuous 30
practicals at Intermediate Evaluation: 70
level Semester end 100
Evaluation:
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze ores, commercial samples, quality parameters of water samples
from different sources
CO2 Perform quantitative analysis using instrumental methods.
CO3 Apply the knowledge of preparation of polymers, separation of ions,
mechanism of corrosion and photochemical reactions.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1 3

CO2 2

CO3 2

COURSE CONTENT
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of MnO2 in Pyrolusite / Iron in Haematite ore
2. Determination of total alkalinity of a water sample
3. Determination of purity of a boric acid sample
4. Conductometric analysis of a strong base using a strong acid

VRSEC 61
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

5. Determination of total hardness of a water sample

6. Determination of copper in a given sample
7. Chemistry of blueprinting
8. Determination of Mohr's salt - Permanganometry
9. Determination of Mohr's salt - Dichrometry
10. Comparison of corrosion rates of different metals
11. Determination of available chlorine in a bleaching powder sample
12. Determination of chlorides in a water sample
13. pH metric analysis of a strong base using a strong acid
14. Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin
15. Separation of ions by paper chromatography

REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] S.K. Bhasin and Sudha Rani, “Laboratory Manual on Engineering

Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2nd edition.
[2] Sunitha Rattan, “Experiments in Applied Chemistry”, S.K. Kataria & Sons,
New Delhi, 2nd edition.

VRSEC 62
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES2152A
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON
LABORATORY
Course Engineering Science Credits: 1.5
Category:
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial- 0 - 0 - 3
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20ES1152 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Programming for Semester end 70
Problem Solving Evaluation: 100
Laboratory Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Demonstrate the usage of Python syntax and semantics in solving the
problems
CO2 Develop python programs using functions and built in modules
CO3 Implement Python data structures to solve the complex problems
CO4 Apply object oriented concepts to design solution to real world scenarios
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 3
CO2 1 2 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 3

COURSE CONTENT
Week 1: Understanding Object Oriented Programming, Python installation
a. Differentiate procedure oriented and Object Oriented Programming
b. Identify a simple real world scenario using the concept of classes and
objects
c. Demonstrate different types of inheritance in the scenario identified

VRSEC 63
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

d. Practice Python Installation

Week 2: Declaration of Variables, identifiers and type conversions

a. Write simple programs by defining variables and assigning values of
different basic data types
b. Write programs to know data type of a variable using Type statement
c. Write programs to do multiple assignments at a time
d. Write programs for writing multiple statements in a single line
e. Use Input statement, type conversion
f. Use different operators in programs

Week 3: Python programs on Decision Control Statements

a. Write programs using selection statements
b. Implement programs on and conditional branching statements

Week 4: Python programs on looping control structures

a. Design and develop programs using Iterative statements- while, for , nested
loops
b. Use Break, continue, pass statements in programs
c. Understand the usage of else statement in loops with a case study

Week 5 & 6: Identify the need and importance in the creation of Python
Functions and Modules
a. Write programs for defining and calling functions
b. Understand Scope of a variable and Use global statement
c. Differentiate fruitful and void functions through a case study
d. Apply recursive and Lambda functions
e. Understand different kinds of arguments through a case study
f. Installing and usage of standard library modules
g. Use python packages

Week 7: Solve the problems using Strings and understanding the methods
and operations on Lists
a. Apply string formatting operator
b. Use built in string methods, functions and regular expressions
c. Define a list and write programs to access and modify elements of a list
d. Practice basic list operations, methods
e. Write programs to use list as a stack and queue

Week 8:Programs on the implementation of methods and operations of List

data structure

VRSEC 64
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

a. Define a list and write programs to access and modify elements of a list
b. Practice basic list operations, methods
c. Write programs to use list as a stack and queue

Week 9: Implement programs to solve the problems using Python other data
structures:Tuples and Dictionaries
a. Write programs to define a dictionary and write programs to modify values,
adding new keys
b. Apply looping over a dictionary
c. Use built in dictionary methods, functions
d. Create a tuple and assign values
e. Use basic tuple operations and comparisons

Week 10& 11: Implement the Python Classes and Objects to address the real
world scenarios
a. Define classes and objects using python for the real world scenario
b. Defining constructors and using Self
c. Understand public and private members
d. Practice calling class methods from another class
e. Write built in functions to check, get, set and delete attributes

Week 12&13: Develop the programs to implement parent-child relationship

a. Demonstrate different inheritance types
b. Apply polymorphism and method overriding
c. Create abstract classes

Week 14: Write the programs to address the exceptions via exception
handling in the development of solutions and implement operator overloading
a. Write a simple exception handling program with try- except
b. Write a program for catching multiple exceptions
c. Demonstrate raising and re raising exceptions
d. Apply else and finally clauses
e. Demonstrate the usage of polymorphism in overloading of operators

TEXT BOOKS
[1] ReemaThareja,“Python ProgrammingUsing Problem Solving Approach”,
Oxford University Press, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Zed Shah, “Learn PythonThe Hard Way”, Third edition, Addison-Wesley,
2013.
VRSEC 65
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[2] Charles Severance, " Python for Informatics- Exploring Information", 1st
edition Shroff Publishers, 2017.
[3] John V. Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming Using
Python”, The MIT Press, 2013
[4] W.Chun , "Core Python Programming", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Charles Severance: University of Michigan,Python for Everybody
[COURSERA]. (05-01-2021), Available: https://www.coursera.org/
[2] Prof. SudarshanIyengar, IIT Ropar, Prof. Yayati Gupta, IIIT Dharwad, The Joy
Of Computing Using Python [NPTEL], (05-01-2021),
Available:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/#
[3] Prof KannanMoudgalya, Professor, IIT Bombay, Python 3.4.3, [SWAYAM],
(05-01-2021), Available: https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic20_sp33/preview
[4] Corey Schafer,Python OOP Tutorials - Working with Classes, (05-01-2021),
Available: Python OOP Tutorials - Working with Classes - YouTube

VRSEC 66
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES2153
ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
Course Engineering Sciences Credits: 1.5
Category:
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial- 0-0-3
Practice:
Prerequisites: - Continuous 30
Evaluation: 70
Semester end 100
Evaluation:
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the basic joints using wood and familiarize with various
fundamental aspects of house wiring.
CO2 Prepare basic models using sheet metal and practice joining of metals
using arc welding technique.
CO3 Familiarize with various manufacturing processes such as injection
moulding and 3D printing
CO4 Understand the preparation of PCB
CO5 Understand simple IOT Applications using Arduino

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes
(L – Low, M - Medium, H – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 3 2 2

CO2 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO3 2 1 1 2

CO4 1 1 1

VRSEC 67
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

CO5 2 1 1

COURSE CONTENT
PART-A
Carpentry:
a. Demonstration of Cross half lap and T joints.
(1 class)
b. Demonstration of power tools.

Electrical Wiring:
a. Fundamentals of Electric wiring and practice of Series wiring.
(1 class)
b. Practice of stair case wiring and connecting a fluorescent Tube.
Sheet metal & soldering:
a. Preparation of complete funnel using sheet metal and practice of soldering.
(2 classes)
b. Preparation of a square box using sheet metal and practice of soldering.
Welding:
a. Preparation of Corner Joint using arc welding process.
(1 class)
b. Preparation of “T” joint using arc welding process.
Manufacturing processes:
a. Preparation of a small plastic part using injection moulding process.
(1 class)
b. Demonstration of manufacturing a simple model using 3D printing process.
Electronic Circuits:
1. To prepare PCB for the given electronic circuit
a. To prepare the layout and printing it on copper clad board
b. To etch and drill the holes on PCB
(2 classes)
2. To solder the components on the PCB prepared and test the circuit
a. To identify and solder the components on the PCB prepared
b. To test the operation of the circuit.
Basic IOT:

VRSEC 68
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

1. Demonstration of Arduino board

a. Demonstrate different components & pin configuration of Arduino
b. To set up Arduino IDE for programming.
2.To measure Temperature & Humidity
a. Interfacing of temperature & humidity sensor with Arduino.
(2 classes)
b. Execute the program on Arduino IDE & display the measured values.
3. To measure Distance
a. Interfacing of Ultrasonic Sensor with Arduino
b. Execute the program on Arduino IDE & display the measured value.
PART-B
GROUP ACTIVITY
(4 classes)
Students must prepare a Working model / Assembly using the knowledge
gained from the above trades.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Kannaiah P. & Narayana K. C., “Manual on Workshop Practice”, Scitech
Publications, Chennai, 1999.
[2] Venkatachalapathy, V. S., “First year Engineering Workshop Practice”,
Ramalinga Publications, Madurai, 1999.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Gopal, T.V., Kumar, T., and Murali, G., “A first course on workshop practice
– Theory, Practice and Work Book”, Suma Publications, Chennai, 2005

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIALL

1. https://dsceme.files.wordpress.com/2016/08/workshop-practice-manual-2016-
17- 1.pdf
2. https://www.protosystech.com/rapid-prototyping.htm
3. https://www.arduino.cc/en/Tutorial/Foundations
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/arduino/

VRSEC 69
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER - III

VRSEC 70
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS3101A
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
Course Category: Institutional Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 - 0 -
0
Prerequisites: Set theory, Basic Continuous Evaluation: 30
probability, Semester end Evaluation: 70
probability Total Marks: 100
distributions

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Analyze propositional calculus and first order K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO1 logic 4.6.3, 12.4.2

Apply the basic and advanced counting techniques K3 1.2.1, 2.5.1, 2.5.3,
CO2 12.4.2

Analyze of relations and digraphs and their K4 1.2.1, 2.8.1, 4.4.1,

CO3 applications 12.4.2

Analyze of graphs and their applications K4 1.2.1, 2.5.3, 4.4.1,

CO4 12.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 1 1

CO2 3 3 1 1

CO3 3 3 1 1

CO4 3 3 1 1

VRSEC 71
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I: Propositional Calculus
Propositional Calculus
Fundamentals of Logic: Propositions, Connectives, Propositional functions, Truth
Tables, Tautology, Contradiction, Logical equivalences, Normal forms, Logical
inferences, Methods of proof of an implication.
First Order Predicate Logic: Predicate, Quantifiers, and Rules of inference for
Quantified propositions.
UNIT II: Counting Techniques
Basics of Counting: Sum and product rules, Indirect counting, One to One
Correspondence, Combinations and permutations, Enumerating Combinations and
Permutations with and without repetitions.
Advanced Counting Techniques: Generating function of sequences, Recurences
relations, Solving recurrences relations – substitution- Generating functions-The
method of characteristic roots, Solution of Inhomogeneous recurrences relations.

UNIT III: Relations and Digraphs

Relations and basic graphs, Special properties of binary relations, Equivalence
relation, Partially ordered sets, Hasse diagrams, Lattices, Operations on relations,
Paths and closures, Directed graphs and Adjacency matrices, Transitive closure,
Warshall’s algorithm

UNIT IV: Graph Theory

Introduction(graphs, sub graphs, circuits, trees) Sum of degrees theorem,
Isomorphism and sub graphs, planar graphs, Euler’s formula, Multi graphs and
Euler’s circuits, Hamiltonian graphs, Grin-berg’s theorem, Graph coloring,
Chromatic numbers.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Mott, J. L., Kandel, A., & Baker, T. P. (2008). Discrete mathematics for
computer scientists & mathematicians (2nd ed.). Prentice-Hall, Inc..
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Trembly& Manohar.;Discrete Mathematical structures with applications to
computer science.
[2] Rosen,TMH; Discrete Mathematics and its Applications.
[3] Malik & Sen Thomson Discrete Mathematical Structures: Theory and
applicatons
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 72
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[1] Prof. Arindama Singh Department of Maths IIT Madras, Last accessed on 15-
02-2022,
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106052/
[2] Prof Soumen Maity, Department of Maths, IISER Pune, Last accessed on 15-
02-2022,
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106102/
[3] Dr.L.Sunil Chandran, Department of Computer Science and Automation, IISC
Bangalore, Last accessed on 15-02-2022,
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/108/106108051/

VRSEC 73
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES3102
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Category: Engineering Credits: 3
Science
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1.7.1,2.5.1
Understand the basic concepts of object oriented K2
CO1 ,2.5.2,2.7.1
programming.
1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,2.6.3,
Apply multiple inheritance through interfaces for K3
CO2 2.7.1,3.5.1,3.8.2
a given application.
1.7.1,2.5.1,
Apply exceptions, thread capabilities and handling K3 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO3 files on a given application.
3.5.1,3.8.2

1.7.1,2.5.1,
Apply functional programming and Collections K3 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO4 framework for a given application. 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3

CO2 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2

VRSEC 74
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction, The History and Evolution of Java: Java history and evolution,
Java features, Java’s Magic: Byte Code, How Java differs from C and C++.
An Overview of Java: Object Oriented Programming: Two paradigms, Principles
of OOP, A First simple Program and Control statements.
Data Types, Variables and Arrays: Java keywords, Primitive types, Integers,
Floating-Point Types, Characters, Booleans, Variables, Operators, Type
Conversion, Casting and Arrays.
Introducing Classes and Objects: Class fundamentals, declaring objects,
assigning object reference variables, introducing methods, constructors, this
keyword, Garbage collection, overloading methods, using objects as parameters,
returning objects, static and final keywords, nested and inner classes.
UNIT II
String Handling: The String Constructors, String Buffer Class, String Tokenizer
class.
Inheritance: Inheritance basics, using super, multilevel hierarchy, method
overriding, dynamic method dispatch, using abstract classes, final with inheritance.
Packages & Interfaces: Defining a package, finding package and CLASSPATH.
Access protection, importing packages, Defining an interface, implementing
interfaces, nested interfaces, applying interfaces, variables in interfaces.
UNIT III
Exception handling: Exception handling fundamentals, exception types, uncaught
exceptions, using try and catch, multiple catch clauses, throw, throws, finally,
creating your own exception subclasses.
I/O streams: Byte Streams- InputStream, OutputStream, FileInputStream,
FileOutputStream, Character Streams- Reader, Writer, FileReader, FileWriter.
Multithread Programming: The Java Thread Model, Creating a thread:
Implementing Runnable, Extending Thread, creating multiple threads, Thread
Priorities, Synchronization: Using Synchronized methods, The synchronized
VRSEC 75
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Statement.
UNIT IV
Pragmatic Functional Programming using Lambdas: Introduction to
Functional programming, Functional Programming concepts and terminology,
Functional Interfaces, Working with Lambda Expressions and Method References.
Collections Framework: Collections overview, Collection interfaces: Collection,
List, and Set. Collection Classes: ArrayList, LinkedList, HashSet.Map
Classes:HashMap, TreeMapJ
The Stream API: Stream basics, Reduction operations, Using parallel streams,
Mapping, Collecting, Iterators and Streams.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Herbert Schildt, “Java The Complete Reference”, Eleventh Edition, Oracle
Press, . 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Herbert Schildt, Dale Skrien, “Java Fundamentals A Comprehension
Introduction”, Special Indian Edition, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd,
2017.
[2] E Balaguruswamy, "Programming with Java", 4th Edition, Mc Graw Hill ,
2020.
[3] Paul J. Dietel and Dr.Harvey M. Deitel, “Java How to Program”, Eleventh
Edition, Deitel & Associates, Inc.l , 2018.
[4] Timothy Budd, “Understanding Object Oriented Programming with Java “,
Updated edition,Pearson Education, 2013.
[5] Kathy Sierra & Bert Bates, "Head First Java", 2nd Edition, Oreilly.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. Debasis Samanta. (14th,July, 2021), Department of Computer Science &
Engineering, I.I.T.,Kharagpur, Swayam, NPTEL.
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs03/preview.
[2] Evan Jones, Adam Marcus,Eugene Wu "Introduction to Programming in
Java", MIT OpenCourseWare, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, May
28, 2021. https://ocw.mit.edu › courses
[3] Prof. Owen Astrachan, "Object Oriented Programming in Java", Duke
University, 21st May 2021. coursera.org

VRSEC 76
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming
[4] Dheeru Mundluru, "Java In-Depth: Become a Complete Java Engineer",
Udemy, 14th May 2021.
https://www.udemy.com/course/java-in-depth-become-a-complete-java-
engineer/
[5] Prof. Olufisayo Omojokun,"Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
with Java I: Foundations and Syntax Basics", Georgia Institute of
Technology, edX, May 2021.
https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-java-programming-i-
foundations-and-syntax- basics

VRSEC 77
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS3303
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Course Category: Program Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
understand the basic components of an Operating K2 1.7.1
CO1
System
Apply CPU Scheduling and disk scheduling K3 1.7.1,2.6.3, 2.6.4,
CO2 2.8.3, 2.8.4
algorithms to achieve specific criteria
Analyze the mechanisms used for process K4 1.7.1,2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO3 2.6.4, 2.8.4, 3.7.1
synchronization and handling deadlocks
Analyze virtual memory techniques & File system K4 1.7.1,2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO4 2.6.4, 2.8.4, 3.7.1
Implementation techniques
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2

CO2 3 3 2

CO3 3 2 1 2

CO4 3 3 1 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Operating-System Structures: Operating-System Services, User and Operating-
System Interface, System Calls: Example, Application Programming Interface,

VRSEC 78
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Types of System Calls, System Services

Processes: Process Concept: The Process, Process State, Process Control Block,
Threads, Process Scheduling: Scheduling Queues, CPU Scheduling, Context
Switch, Operations on Processes: Process Creation, Process Termination,
Interprocess Communication, IPC in Shared-Memory Systems, IPC in Message-
Passing Systems: Naming, Synchronization, Buffering.

UNIT II
CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts: CPU-I/O Burst Cycle, CPU Scheduler,
Preemptive & Nonpreemptive Scheduling, Dispatcher, Scheduling Criteria,
Scheduling Algorithms: FCFS, SJF, RR, Priority, Multilevel Queue, Multilevel
Feedback Queue Scheduling, Thread Scheduling: Contention Scope, Pthread
Scheduling, Multiple-Processor Scheduling: Approaches, Multicore Processors,
Load Balancing, Processor Affinity, Heterogeneous Multiprocessing, Real-Time
CPU Scheduling: Minimizing Latency, Priority-Based, Rate-Monotonic, Earliest-
Deadline-First, Proportional Share Scheduling.

Process Synchronization: Background, The Critical-Section Problem, Peterson’s

Solution, Hardware Support for Synchronization, Mutex Locks, Semaphores:
Semaphore usage, Semaphore Implementation, Monitors: Usage, Implementing
using Semaphores, Resuming a Process, Liveness: Deadlock, Priority Inversion,
Classic Problems of Synchronization: The Bounded-Buffer Problem, The Readers-
Writers Problem, The Dining-Philosophers Problem

UNIT III
Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock in Multithreaded Applications: Livelock,
Deadlock Characterization: Necessary conditions, Resource-Allocation Graph,
Methods for Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention: Mutual Exclusion, Hold
and Wait, No Preemption, Circular Wait, Deadlock Avoidance: Safe State,
Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm, Bankers Algorithm, Deadlock Detection:
Single Instance of Each Resource type, Several Instances, Detection Algorithm
Usage, Recovery from Deadlock: Process and Thread Termination, Resource
Preemption.
Main Memory: Background: Basic Hardware, Address Binding, Logical Vs
Physical Address Space, Dynamic Loading, Dynamic Linking & Shared Libraries,
VRSEC 79
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Contiguous Memory Allocation: Memory Protection, Memory Allocation,

Fragmentation, Paging : Basic Method, Hardware Support, Protection, Shared
Pages, Structure of the Page Table: Hierarchical, Hashed Page Tables, Inverted
Page Tables, Swapping: Standard Swapping, Swapping with Paging, Swapping on
Mobile Systems.

UNIT IV
Virtual Memory: Background, Demand Paging: Basic Concepts, Free-Frame List,
Performance, Copy-on-Write, Page Replacement: Basic Page Replacement, FIFO,
Optimal, LRU, LRU Approximation, Counting Based, Page Buffering, Allocation
of Frames: Minimum Number of Frames, Allocation Algorithms, Global vs Local
Allocation, Non Uniform Memory Access, Thrashing: Cause of Thrashing,
Working-Set Model, Page-Faulty Frequency, Memory Compression
Mass-Storage Structure: HDD Scheduling: FCFS, SCAN, C-SCAN Scheduling,
Disk Management: Disk Formatting, Boot Block, Bad Blocks, Swap-Space
Management: Swap-Space Use, Location, RAID Structure- RAID Levels
File -System Implementation: Directory Implementation: Linear List, Hash
Table, Allocation Methods: Contiguous, Linked, Indexed Allocation, Free-Space
Management: Bit Vector, Linked List, Grouping, Counting, Space Maps,
Efficiency and Performance, Recovery: Consistency Checking, Log-Structured
File Systems.
TEXT BOOKS
[1]Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System
Concepts’, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Pvt. Ltd, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] William Stallings, “Operating System: Internals and Design Principles”. 6th ed
2009.
[2] Andrew S.Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”. 3rd ed, PHI, 2008.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Prof Santanu Chattopadhyay - NPTEL Course on Operating Sytems @

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105214/ Available from 25-7-19
[2] Stanford University - Lecture Notes on Operating Systems @
https://www.scs.stanford.edu/21wi-cs140/notes/ Available on 21-05-21

VRSEC 80
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[3] IIT Bombay – Lecture Notes on Operating Systems @

https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~mythili/os/ Available on 21-05-21

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Prof Santanu Chattopadhyay - NPTEL Course on Operating Sytems @

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105214/ Available on 25-7-19
[2] Stanford University - Lecture Notes on Operating Systems @
https://www.scs.stanford.edu/21wi-cs140/notes/ Available on 21-05-21
[3] IIT Bombay – Lecture Notes on Operating Systems @
https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~mythili/os/ Available on 21-05-21

VRSEC 81
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS3304
DIGITAL LOGIC AND COMPUTER DESIGN
Course Category: Program Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Apply simplification techniques to minimize the K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1

Boolean functions.

CO2 Apply concepts ofcombinational logic to design K3 1.7.1,2.7.1,2.7.2,3.7.1

,3.8.1
MSI and LSI circuits.

CO3 Apply sequential logic techniques to design K3 1.7.1,2.7.1,2.7.2,3.7.1

,3.8.1
Counters and Registers.

CO4 Understand the organization and design of a K2 2.7.1,2.7.2

basic computer.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1

CO2 1 2 2 1

CO3 1 2 2 1

CO4 1 2 2 1

VRSEC 82
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Boolean Functions
Introduction to Boolean Functions, Boolean Functions Simplification- The Map
Method, Two and three variable Maps, Four-variable Map, Five variable Map,
Product of Sums Simplification, Don’t care conditions, The Tabulation Method,
Determination of Prime Implicants, Selection of Prime-Implicants.
Combinational Logic: Introduction, Design Procedure, Adders, Subtractors, Code
Conversions, Exclusive-or Gates, Parity Generators and Checkers.

UNIT II
Combinational Logic with MSI and LSI: Binary Parallel Adder, Decimal Adder,
Magnitude Comparator, Decoders, Demultiplexers, Encoders, Multiplexers.
Programmable Logic: Read only memory (ROM), Programmable read only
memory (PROM), Programmable Logic Array (PLA), Programmable Array Logic
(PAL), Introduction to FPGA.

UNIT III
Sequential Logic: Sequential circuits, Classification, Latches, Flip Flops,
Triggering of Flip-Flops, Master slave flip-flop, Flip-Flop Excitation tables, flip-
flop direct inputs.Analysis of Clocked Sequential Circuits, State table, State
diagram, state equations, State Reduction and Assignment, Design Procedure,
design with unused states.
Registers, Counters: Registers, Shift Registers, Asynchronous Counters,
Synchronous Counters, Ring Counter, Johnson Counter, Timing Sequences.

UNIT IV
Register Transfer and Micro-Operations: Register Transfer Language, Register
Transfer, Bus and memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro-operations, Logic Micro-
operations, Shift Micro-operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer
Registers, Computer Instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory
Reference Instructions, Input-Output and Interrupt, Design of Basic Computer,
Design of Accumulator Logic.

VRSEC 83
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] M.Morris Mano, Digital Logic & Computer Design 1 e/d reprint, Pearson
education, 2016.
[2] Morris M. Mano, Computer System Architecture, 3/e, Pearson/PHI ,2007
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] A. Anand Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, 2nd Edition, PHI,2013
[2] M.Morris Mano, Michael D Ciletti Digital Design with an Introduction
toVerilog HDL 5th e/d, Pearson education, 2013
[3] Charles H.Roth , Fundamentals of Logic Design, 6/e, Cengage learning,2010
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. Neeraj Goel IIT Ropar, 20th May 2021, Digital Systems, NPTEL
VIDEO, Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106177/
[2] Prof. N.J. Rao, IISc Bangalore, 20th May 2021, Digital systems, NPTELWEB
Notes , Available at: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/108/106108099/

VRSEC 84
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS3305
DATA STRUCTURES
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Apply different techniques to evaluate 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO1 algorithms K3 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Apply linear data structures to given 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,

CO2 K3
applications. 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Understand the operations on tree and heap non- 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO3 K2
linear data structures. 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Apply different kinds of linear data structures to 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,

K3
CO4 solve problems. 2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
2.6.4, 2.8.4
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction: Basic concepts, algorithm specification, randomized algorithm, data

VRSEC 85
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

abstraction, performance analysis-time complexity, space complexity, asymptotic

notations, linear and binary searches complexity analysis.
Stacks: Definition, representing stacks, ADT stack and its operations: algorithms
and their complexity analysis, Applications of stacks: expression conversion and
evaluation – corresponding algorithms. recursion, Towers of Hanoi problem.
Queues: Queue and its sequential representation, queue as an abstract data type,
types of queue: simple queue, circular queue, operations on each types of queues:
algorithms.

UNIT II
Linked lists: Representation in memory, singly linked lists: operations and
algorithms; linked list representation of stack and queue, doubly linked list:
operations and algorithms; circular linked lists: all operations their algorithms.
applications: polynomials addition and multiplication.
UNIT III
Trees: Introduction: terminology, representation of trees, binary Tree, complete
binary tree, applications of binary trees, expression trees construction and
evaluation; binary tree traversals: inorder, preorder and postorder – recursive and
non-recursive, binary search trees, operations on binary search trees, threaded
binary trees, operations on threaded binary trees.
Heap: Min heap and max heap, operations on min Heap and max Heap, priority
queue.
UNIT IV
Sorting: Merge Sort, quick sort, radix sort, heap sort, shell sort, tree sort,
comparison of sorting algorithms, external Sorting.
Hashing and Collision: Introduction, hash tables, hash functions, different hash
functions, collisions: collision resolution by open addressing, collision resolution
by chaining, pros and cons of hashing, applications of hashing.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”.
2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008. (Unit I, II, III)
[2] Reema Thareja, “Data Structures using C”, Second Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2011. (Unit IV)

VRSEC 86
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Richard F. Gilberg & B. A. Forouzan “Data Structures A Pseudocode
Approcah with C”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning.
[2] Mark Allen Weiss,”Data structure and Algorithm Analysis in C”. Addison
Wesley Publication. 2006.
[3] Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, “An Introduction to Data
Structures with Applications”, McGraw Hill, 1984.
[4] Thomas Cormen, C.Leiserson, R. L.Rivest & C.Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”. 3rd Edition, The MIT Press, 2009.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Dr.P.P. Chakraborty, IIT Kharagpur, May 19, 2010, Data Structures,
NPTEL,Available:www.youtube.com/ watch? v=S47aSEqm_0I
[2] Dr. Naveen Garg, IIT Delhi, Sep 24, 2008, Data Strucutres, NPTEL,
Available:http://nptel.iitm.ac.in, http://freevideolectures.com/ Course
/2279/Data-Structures-And-Algorithms
[3] Shai Simonson, Jun 16, 2014, Data Structures, NPTEL, Available:
http://nptel.ac.in/video.php? subjectId=106102064

VRSEC 87
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20ES3151
JAVA PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
Course Category: Engineering Credits: 1.5
Science
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0 -0- 3
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Apply the concepts of object oriented 1.7.1, 2.5.1, 2.5.2,
CO1 programming to solve problems K3 2.7.1, 5.4.1, 5.4.2,
11.4.1

Apply multiple inheritance through interfaces. 2.5.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3,

CO2 K3 2.7.1, 3.5.1, 3.8.2,
5.4.1, 5.4.2

Apply exceptions, thread capabilities and 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 5.4.1,

CO3 K3 5.4.2, 9.6.1, 11.4.1
handling files.
Analyze the use of functional programming and 3.8.2, 5.4.1, 5.4.2,
CO4 K4 9.6.1, 11.4.1
Collections framework
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 1 1

CO2 2 1 2 2 1

CO3 2 2 1 1 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 3

VRSEC 88
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT/TASKS
Task 1
Apply fundamentals of java data types, variables, operators and control
statements to a given application.
Task 2
Implementation of classes and objects concepts.
Task 3
Implement Arrays to a given application
Task 4
Implementation of Inheritance and types of Inheritance
Task 5
Use String and String Tokenizer classes and develop a java application.
Task 6
Use interfaces and develop a java application
Task 7
Create a package and access members from a package
Task 8
Develop a java Application using Method overloading and Method overriding
Task 9
Create a java application to copy content from one file to another file using I/O
Streams
Task 10
Implement Handling Exceptions to a given application.
Task 11
Apply Thread Capabilities on a given application
Task 12
Use Collections framework and create a java application
Task 13
Apply Lambda functions and Streams API to a given application
Projects:
Design and develop an automated ballot vote system.
Design and develop a banking application.

VRSEC 89
 Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Herbert Schildt, “Java The Complete Reference”, Eleventh Edition, Oracle
Press, . 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Herbert Schildt, Dale Skrien, “Java Fundamentals A Comprehension
Introduction”, Special Indian Edition, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd,
2017.
[2] E Balaguruswamy, "Programming with Java", 4th Edition, Mc Graw Hill ,
2020.
[3] Paul J. Dietel and Dr.Harvey M. Deitel, “Java How to Program”, Eleventh
Edition, Deitel & Associates, Inc.l , 2018.
[4] Timothy Budd, “Understanding Object Oriented Programming with Java “,
Updated edition,Pearson Education, 2013.
[5] Kathy Sierra & Bert Bates, "Head First Java", 2nd Edition, Oreilly.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. Debasis Samanta. (14th,July, 2021), Department of Computer Science
& Engineering, I.I.T.,Kharagpur, Swayam, NPTEL.
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs03/preview.
[2] Evan Jones, Adam Marcus,Eugene Wu "Introduction to Programming in
Java", MIT OpenCourseWare, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
May 28, 2021.
https://ocw.mit.edu › courses
[3] Prof. Owen Astrachan, "Object Oriented Programming in Java", Duke
University, 21st May 2021. coursera.org
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming
[4] Dheeru Mundluru, "Java In-Depth: Become a Complete Java Engineer",
Udemy, 14th May 2021.
https://www.udemy.com/course/java-in-depth-become-a-complete-java-
engineer/
[5] Prof. Olufisayo Omojokun,"Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
with Java I: Foundations and Syntax Basics", Georgia Institute of
Technology, edX, May 2021.
https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-java-programming-i-foundations-
and-syntax- basics

VRSEC 90
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS3352
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN LABORATORY
Course Category: Program Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0- 0-3
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Apply Boolean functions to minimum number 1.2.1, 1.7.1
CO1 of literals. K3

1.7.1, 2.7.1, 2.7.2,

CO2 Analyze different combinational logic circuits. K4
3.7.1, 3.8.1
Analyze clocked sequential logic circuits using 1.7.1, 2.7.1, 2.7.2,
K4
CO3 flip flops. 3.7.1, 3.8.1

1.7.1, 2.7.1, 2.7.2,

CO4 Analyze different Counters and Registers. K4
3.7.1, 3.8.1
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1

CO2 1 2 2 1

CO3 1 2 2 1

CO4 1 2 2 1

COURSE CONTENT/TASK
Laboratory Experiments with Standard ICS and FPGA
1. Realization of All logic gates using universal gates.
a) Verification of logic gates from DIGITAL IC’S.
b) Realization of logic gates using NAND and NOR.

VRSEC 91
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

2. Design and Implementation of Arithmetic circuits.

a) Design and Implementation of half adder and half sub tractor.
b) Design and Implementation of full adder and full sub tractor.

3. Design and implement different types of code converters.

a) Design and implement i) Binary to Gray ii) Gray to Binary code
converters
b) Design and implement i) BCD to EX-3 ii) EX-3 to BCD code
converters.

4. Design and implementation of magnitude comparators.

i. Design and Implement single bit comparator.
ii. Design and Implement two bit comparator.

5. Implementation of Decoders and encoders.

i. Implementation of i) 2X4 Decoder ii)3X8 Decoder iii) BCD to
Decimal Decoder iv) BCD to 7segment Display
ii. Implementation of i) 4x2 Encoder ii) Octal to Binary encoder
iii) Decimal to BCD encoder.

6. Implementation of Multiplexer and De Multiplexer.

i. Implementation of i) 2X1 MUX ii)4X1 MUX
ii. Implementation of i) 1X2 De MUX ii)1X4 De MUX

7. Implementation of all types of FLIP-FLOPS using gates.

i. Implementation of SR latch using NAND & NOR
ii. Implementation of SR, JK, D, T flip flops.
iii. Implementation of Master-Slave JK Flip flop

8. Design of Synchronous counters.

i. Design and implementation of synchronous up, synchronous
down counter and Up-down Counters .
ii. Design and implementation of synchronous MOD counters.

9. Design of Asynchronous counters.

i. Design of Asynchronous up and down counters.
ii. Design and implementation of Asynchronous Mod counters.

10. Design of Ring-counter and Johnson counter.

VRSEC 92
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

i. Design and implementation of 4-bit Ring counter.

ii. Design and implementation of 4-bit Johnson counter.
Laboratory Projects
Reading and Writing data to EEPROM
TEXT BOOKS
[1] M.Morris Mano, Digital Logic & Computer Design 1 e/d reprint, Pearson
education, 2016.
[2] M.Morris Mano, Michael D Ciletti Digital Design with an Introduction
toVerilog HDL 5th e/d, Pearson education, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] A. Anand Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, 2nd Edition,
PHI,2013
[2] Charles H.Roth , Fundamentals of Logic Design, 6/e, Cengage learning,2010
[3] A. P. Malvino, D. P. Leach and G.Saha, Digital Principles and Applications
7/e, McGraw Hill, 2010.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. Neeraj Goel IIT Ropar, 20th May 2021, Digital Systems, NPTEL
VIDEO, Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106177/
[2] Prof. N.J. Rao, IISc Bangalore, 20th May 2021, Digital systems,
NPTELWEB Notes,
Available at: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/108/106108099/

VRSEC 93
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS3353
DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-3
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Apply stack and queue data structures to 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO1 different applications K3 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Apply linked list data structures to solve 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,

CO2 K3
problems 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Implement operations on different tree and heap 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,

CO3 K2
data structures. 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Apply sorting algorithms to arrange a set of data 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,

CO4 K3
items. 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2

CO2 2 2 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT/TASK
Task 1: Operations on a stack data structure.
Task 2 and 3: Stack applications (expression conversion and evaluation, Tower
of Hanoi problem).

VRSEC 94
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Task 4: Operations on queues and circular queues.

Task 5: Operations on singly linked list and doubly linked list.
Task 6: Operation on circular linked list and circular doubly linked list.
Task 7: Linked list applications : polynomial addition and multiplications
Task 8: Binary search tree operations and tree traversal techniques using
recursion.
Task 9: Binary search tree traversal techniques using non recursion.
Task 10: Operations on threaded binary trees and priority Queues
Task 11: Sorting techniques: Merge sort, quick sort, and radix sort.
Task 12: Sorting techniques: Heap sort, shell sort, and tree sort.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”.
2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008. (Unit 1, 2, and 3).
[2] Reema Thareja, “Data Structures using C”, Second Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2011. (Unit 4)

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Richard F. Gilberg & B. A. Forouzan “Data Structures A Pseudocode
Approcah with C”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning.
[2] Mark Allen Weiss,”Data structure and Algorithm Analysis in C”. Addison
Wesley Publication. 2006.
[3] Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, “An Introduction to Data
Structures with Applications”, McGraw Hill, 1984.
[4] Thomas Cormen, C.Leiserson, R. L.Rivest & C.Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”. 3rd Edition, The MIT Press, 2009.

E- RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Dr. P. P. Chakraborty, IIT Kharagpur, May 19, 2010, Data Structures, NPTEL,
Available: www.youtube.com/watch? v=S47aSEqm_0I
[2] Dr. Naveen Garg, IIT Delhi, Sep 24, 2008, Data Strucutres, NPTEL, Available:
http://-nptel.iitm.ac.in, http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2279/Data-
Structures-And-Algorithms
[3] Shai Simonson, Jun 16, 2014, Data Structures, NPTEL, Available:
http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?-subjectId=106102064

VRSEC 95
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20TP3106
LOGIC AND REASONING
Course Category: Soft Skills - 1 Credits: 1
Course Type: Learning by Doing Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be
able to:
CO1 Think reason logically in any critical situation K2
CO2 Analyze given information to find correct solution K4
To reduce the mistakes in day to day activities in practical K2
CO3
life
Develop time-management skills by approaching different K3
CO4
shortcut methods
CO5 Use mathematical based reasoning to make decisions K3
Apply logical thinking to solve problems and puzzles in K3
CO6
qualifying exams in any competitive exam.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of
Program Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3

CO2 3 3

CO3 3 3 1

CO4 3 3 2

CO5 3 2

VRSEC 96
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

CO6 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I :
1. Series Completion,
2. Coding-Decoding,
3. Blood Relations,
4. Puzzles test

UNIT II:
1. Direction sense test,
2. Logical Venn diagrams,
3. Number test, ranking test,
4. Mathematical operations
UNIT III:
1. Arithmetical Reasoning,
2. Inserting missing character,
3. Syllogism.

UNIT IV: Non – Verbal:

1. Water images,
2. Mirror images,
3. Paper folding,
4. Paper cutting,
5. Embedded Figures,
6. Dot situation,
7. Cubes & Dice
TEXT BOOKS
[1] R. S. Aggarwal, “ Verbal and non-verbal reasoning”, Revised Edition, S
Chand publication, 2017 ISBN:81-219-0551-6

VRSEC 97
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20MC3107A
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Course Category: Institutional Core Credits: -
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be
able to:
Identify various factors causing degradation of natural K2
CO1 resource and control measures

CO2 Identify various ecosystem and need for biodiversity K2

Realize and explore the problems related to environmental K2

CO3 pollution and its management

Apply the information and technology to analyze social K3

CO4 issues, use acts associated with environment

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of

Program Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1

CO2 1 1 1 1

CO3 1 1 1 1

CO4 1 1 1 1

VRSEC 98
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental StudiesDefinition, scope and
importanceNeed for public awareness.
Natural Resources :
Renewable and Non-renewable Resources: Natural resources and associated
problems.
(a)Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation. Timber extraction,
mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
(b)Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods,
drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
(c)Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting
and using mineral resources.
(d)Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water
logging, salinity.
(e)Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable
energy sources, use of alternate energy sources.
(f)Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides,
soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural
resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

UNIT II
Ecosystems
Concept of an ecosystem. Structure and function of an ecosystem. Producers,
consumers and decomposers. Energy flow in the ecosystem. Ecological succession.
Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types,
characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem: (a)
Forest ecosystem (b)Grassland ecosystem (c)Desert ecosystem
(d)Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
Biodiversity and Its Conservation
Introduction, definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
Biogeographically classification of India. Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values. Biodiversity at global,
National and local levels. India as a mega-diversity nation. Hot-spots of

VRSEC 99
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-

wildlife conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of
biodiversity: in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

UNIT III
Environmental Pollution
Definition ,Causes, effects and control measures of (a) Air pollution (b) Water
pollution (c) Soil pollution (d) Marine pollution (e) Noise pollution (f) Thermal
pollution (g) Nuclear hazards
Solid waste management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
Disaster management: Floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
UNIT IV
Social Issues and the Environment:
From unsustainable to sustainable development. Urban problems related to energy.
Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management. Resettlement
and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns.
Environmental ethics Issues and possible solutions. Climate change, global
warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust.
Wasteland reclamation.Consumerism and waste products.
Environment Protection Act
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act. Wildlife Protection Act. Forest Conservation Act. Issues involved
in enforcement of environmental legislation.
Public awareness
Human Population and the Environment,Population growth, variation among
nations, Population explosion—Family Welfare Programme.
Environment and human health
Human rights, Value education,HIV/AIDS,Women and Child Welfare,Role of
Information Technology in environment and human health.
Field Work/ Case Studies
Visit to a local area to document environmental assets—river/forest/grassland/hill/
mountain. Visit to a local polluted site—Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural.Study
of common plants, insects, birds. Study of simple ecosystems—pond, river, hill
slopes, etc.

VRSEC 100
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Self Study:
Water resources, Threats to biodiversity, Solid waste management, Role of
Information Technology in environment and human health.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Erach Bharucha. 2004, Environmental Studies for undergraduate courses,
University Grants Commission, New Delhi, Bharati Vidyapeeth Institute of
Environment Education and Research
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] AnjaneyuluY. Introduction to Environmental sciences, B S Publications PVT
Ltd, Hyderabad
[2] Anjireddy.M Environmental science & Technology, BS Publications PVT Ltd,
Hyderabad
[3] Benny Joseph, 2005, Environmental Studies, The Tata McGraw- Hill
publishing company limited, New Delhi.
[4] Principles of Environmental Science. & Engg. P.Venu Gopala Rao, 2006,
Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
[5] Ecological and Environmental Studies – Santosh Kumar Garg, Rajeswari Garg
(or) Rajani Garg, 2006, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
[6] Essentials of Environmental Studies, Kurian Joseph & R Nagendran, Pearson
Education publishers, 2005
[7] A.K Dee – Environmental Chemistry, New Age India Publications
[8] Bharucha Erach- Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt.Ltd.
E RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Erach Bharucha. 2004, Environmental Studies for undergraduate courses,

University Grants Commission, New Delhi, BharatiVidyapeeth Institute of
Environment Education and
Research.https://www.ugc.ac.in/oldpdf/modelcurriculum/env.pdf
[2] NPTEL Courses - Environmental Studies By Dr.Tushar Banerjee | Devi
AhilyaViswavidyalaya, Indore.

VRSEC 101
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER - IV

VRSEC 102
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20BS4101
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Set theory, Basic Continuous Evaluation: 30
probability, Semester end Evaluation: 70
Probability Total Marks: 100
distributions.

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Examine probability distributions with K3 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.6.3,
CO1 4.6.1
random variables

Apply random phenomena of sample to test K3 1.2.2, 2.6.3, 4.6.1,

CO2 the Hypothesis concerning means. 4.6.3

Analyze the Hypothesis concerning variance K4 1.2.2, 2.6.3, 4.6.1,

CO3 and proportions. 4.6.3

Apply Quality improvement, control charts K3 1.2.2, 2.6.3, 4.6.1

CO4 and reliability to improve Statistical skills.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 2

VRSEC 103
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I: Probability Distributions: Random Variables (discrete and continuous),
Expectation, Variance and Standard deviation of discrete random variable,
Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution. Expectations, Variance and standard
deviation of continuous random variables, Normal distribution, Normal
approximation to the Binomial distribution
Joint distribution: Joint distributions-Discrete and Continuous.

UNIT II: Sampling Distributions: Introduction, Populations and Samples

Inferences Concerning Mean: Point Estimation- Interval Estimation
Test of Hypothesis – Null Hypothesis and Tests of Hypothesis – Hypothesis
concerning one mean – Relation between tests and Confidence intervals –
Operating characteristic curves - Inferences concerning two means.

UNIT III: Inferences Concerning Variances: Estimation of variances-

Hypothesis concerning one variance- Hypothesis concerning two variances.
Inference Concerning Proportions: Estimation of Proportions- Hypothesis
concerning one Proportion- Hypothesis concerning several Proportions – The
Analysis of r x c Tables- Goodness of fit.

UNIT IV: The Statistical Content of Quality Improvement Programs: Quality

Control- Control Charts for Measurements - Control Charts for Attributes.
Applications to Reliability and Life Testing: Reliability - Failure – Time
Distributions – The Exponential Model in Reliability.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Probability and Statistics for Engineers Eighth edition by Richard A. Johnson
Prentice Hall of India.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientist by R.E. Walpole,
R.H.Myers&S.L.Myers, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall of India / Pearson
Education.
[2] Probability and Statistics, Purna Chandra Biswal, Pearson Education Prentice
Hall of India 2007.
[3] Probability and Statistics by T.K.V.Iyengar, B.Krishna Gandhi,
S.Ranganatham, M.V.S.S.N.PrasadS.Chand.

VRSEC 104
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] probweb.berkeley.edu/teaching.html
[2] statsci.org/teaching.html
[3] video lectures.nptel.iitm.ac.in

VRSEC 105
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4302
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 - 0 - 0
Prerequisites: 20CS3305 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the functions of different non- K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1,
2.5.2, 2.5.3,
linear data structures – binary trees, search 2.6.3, 2.6.4
CO1
trees and graphs. Apply graph-based
algorithms.
Apply the algorithm design technique - divide K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1,
2.5.1, 2.5.2,
CO2 and conquer, and greedy methods for solving 2.5.3, 2.6.3, 2.8.4
complex problems.
Apply dynamic programming and backtracking K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1,
CO3 design techniques to solve complex problems.
2.5.1, 2.5.2,
2.5.3, 2.6.3, 2.8.4

Apply the concepts of Branch and Bound K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1,

2.5.1, 2.5.2,
techniques to solve complex problems; 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
CO4
Understand NP-Hard, and NP-Complete 2.8.4
problems.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 3 2

CO4 2 3 2

COURSE CONTENT
VRSEC 106
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT – I
Efficient Binary Trees: AVL trees, Red-Black trees, Splay trees: bottom up splay
trees
Multi-way Search Trees: Introduction, B Trees, B+ trees, operations on B and B+
trees.
Graphs: Introduction, graph terminology, representation of graphs, graph taversal
algorithms: breadth-first search, depth first search; topological sorting, Warshall,
applications of graphs.
UNIT – II
Divide and conquer: General method, Finding the maximum and minimum,
applications: binary search, strassen’s matrix multiplication.
Greedy method: General method, Applications-Job sequencing with deadlines,
knapsack problem, minimum cost spanning trees, optimal storage on tapes, optimal
merge patterns, single source shortest path problem.
UNIT - III
Dynamic Programming: General method, applications: matrix chain
multiplication, multi stage graph problem, optimal binary search trees, 0/1
knapsack problem, all pairs shortest path problem, Traveling sales person problem.
Backtracking: General method, applications- n-queen problem, sum of subsets
problem, graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles, 0/1 knapsack problem.
UNIT - IV
Branch and Bound: General method, applications - Traveling sales person
problem, 0/1 knapsack problem- LC branch and bound solution, FIFO branch and
bound solution.
NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic concepts, non deterministic
algorithms, classes NP Hard and NP Complete, Cook’s theorem

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Reema Thareja, “Data Structures using C”, Second Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2011. (Unit I)
[2] Ellis Horowitz, SatrajSahni and Rajasekharan, “Fundamentals of Computer
Algorithms”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2008. (Unit II, III, and IV)
VRSEC 107
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C”,2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008.
[2] Richard F.Gilberg & B.A.Forouzan "Data Structures A Pseudo code Approach
with C”, 2nd Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2013
[3] M.T.Goodrich and R.Tomassia, “Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and
Internet examples”, John Wiley and sons, 2006.
[4] T.H.Cormen,C.E.Leiserson, R.L.Rivest and C.Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”, 2/e, PHI Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, 2009.
[5] Allen Weiss, “Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] N. Garg, IIT Delhi, Dec 31, 2009, Data Structures and Algorithms, NPTEL,
Available: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/25.
[2] A. G. Ranade, S. Viswanathan, and A. A. Diwan, IIT Bombay, Dec 31, 2009,
Design and Analysis of Algorithms, NPTEL,
Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/101/106101060/
[3] E. Demaine, S. Devadas, and N. Lynch, MIT, Design and Analysis of
Algorithms, MIT OpenCourseWare,
Available:https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-
science/6-046j-design-and-analysis-of-algorithms-spring-2015/
[4] Timroughgarden.org.Tim Roughgarden's Online Courses. Available :
http://timroughgarden.-org/videos.html.

VRSEC 108
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4303
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND MICROPROCESSOR
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 - 0 - 0
Prerequisites: 20CS3304 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Digital Logic and Semester end Evaluation: 70
Computer Design Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand microprogramming and organization K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1
CO1
of CPU.
Apply algorithms to perform arithmetic K3 1.6.1,1.7.1 ,2.7.1,
CO2 2.8.1,
operations on fixed point and floating point data.
Understand Memory Hierarchy and I/O K2 1.6.1,1.7.1,2.7.1,
CO3 2.7.2
Organization.
Understand the concepts of 8086 microprocessor K2 1.6.1,
CO4 interrupts and interfacing. 1.7.1,2.7.1,2.7.2,
3.6.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 2 1

COURSE CONTENT
Unit I:
Micro Programmed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro-
Program example, Design of Control Unit.
Central Processing Unit: General register Organization, Stack Organization,
VRSEC 109
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program

Control, Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC)

Unit II
Computer Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms –
Signed Magnitude Multiplication, Booth Multiplication(Signed 2’s Complement
Multiplication), Array Multipliers, Division Algorithm, Floating-point Arithmetic
operations.
Memory and I/O Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary
memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory, Input-output Interface,
Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct
Memory Access (DMA), Input-Output Processor.

Unit III
The 8086 Microprocessor:
Overview of microcomputer structure & operation, overview of 8086
microprocessor family, 8086 internal architecture, Machine language Vs assembly
language. 8086 pin diagram, 8086 minimum mode and maximum mode
8086 Instruction Set & Programming:
Data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, bit manipulation instructions,
string instructions, program execution transfer instructions, and processor control
instructions, Assembler directives.

Unit IV
Interrupts: 8086 interrupts and interrupt responses, 8259A priority interrupt
controller
Interfacing With 8086 Microprocessor
Programmable parallel ports and hand shake input/output, the programmable
peripheral interface 8255A: modes of operation and initialization, Basics of D/A
and A/D converters. Interfacing of DAC and ADC to 8086 microprocessor.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Morris M. Mano, Computer System Architecture, 3/e, Pearson/PHI ,2007
[2] Douglas V Hall, “Microprocessor and Interfacing”, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill,
2016

VRSEC 110
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Computer Architecture and Organization Designing for Performance, William
Stallings, Ninth edition, Pearson Education series, 2014.
[2] K M Bhurchandi, A.K.Ray, “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”, 3rd
edition, McGraw Hill, 2014
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. Krishna Kumar, IISc Bangalore “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”
[Web Content]. Available: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108100/ ( Accessed on
25.05.2020)
[2] Prof. S.Raman Department of Computer Science & Engineering, IIT Madras “
Introduction to Digital Computer Organization” NPTEL
http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=117105078

VRSEC 111
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4304
COMUPTER NETWORKS
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: 20CS3303 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Operating Semester end Evaluation: 70
Systems Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand fundamentals of concepts of computer K2 1.7.1, 2.6.4
CO1
networks and reference models
Analyze error and flow control mechanisms in K4 1.7.1,
CO2 2.5.2,2.6.2
data link layer
Analyse subnetting and various routing protocols K4 1.7.1,
CO3 2.5.2,2.6.4
of network layer
Analyze transport layer and application layer K4 1.7.1, 2.6.3
CO4
protocols for specific applications.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2

CO2 3 2 2

CO3 3 2 2

CO4 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 112
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT – I
Introduction: Uses of Computer Networks, Network Topology, Network
Hardware: LANs, MANs, WANs, Connection oriented vs Connection less.
Reference Models: The OSI Reference Model, TCP/IP Reference Model, the
comparison of the OSI and TCP/IP reference models.
Physical Layer: Guided transmission media: Magnetic Media, Twisted Pair,
Coaxial Cable, and Fiber Optics, Wireless Transmission: Radio transmission,
Infrared and Light Transmission

UNIT - II
Data Link Layer: Design issues - Framing, Error Detection and Correction-
Hamming Code , CRC, Checksum, Sliding Window Protocols – One bit sliding
window, GoBack – N, Selective Repeat.
Medium Access Control Sub layer: Multiple access protocols- Aloha - Slotted
Aloha -CSMA, CSMA/CD, Collision Free Protocols, Ethernet: Architecture,
Frame Formats – DIX, IEEE 802.3, Wireless LAN: Architecture and Protocol
stack, IEEE 802.11 format

UNIT – III
Network Layer: Design Issues: Store and forward, Services to transport layer,
Implementation of connection less and connection oriented, VC and Datagram
Networks, Routing Algorithms: Shortest Path, Flooding, DVR, and Link State
routing algorithm, Congestion Control Algorithms. IPv4 Protocol, IP address-
Classful Addressing – Classless Addressing – Network Address Translation, IPv6-
Header, Extension Header

UNIT – IV
Transport Layer: UDP Header, TCP Header, Connection establishment,
Connection Release, Connection Management, Congestion Control. Application
Layer: The Domain Name System (DNS), and E-Mail- Architecture, Message
Format – RFC 5322, MIME, SMTP
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Andrew S Tanenbaum, David J Wetherall “Computer Networks”, 5th Edition,
Pearson Education

VRSEC 113
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Behrouz A.Fourozan, “Data Communications and Networking”. 4 th Ed, TATA
McGraw Hill.
[2] J.F. Kurose and K.W.Ross, “Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach
Featuring the Internet”, 6th Ed., Pearson Education, 2017
[3] Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, "Computer Networks - A Systems
Approach", 5th Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publications, 2011
[4] William Stallings, "Data and Computer Communications", 10th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2013
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof Sowmya Kanti Ghosh, IIT Kharagpur, NPTEL Lectures, 18th April 2018,
Video Lectures, Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105183/
[2] MIT Open Courseware, MIT, 14th May 2015, Video Lectures, Available:
http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electricalengineering-and-computer-science/6-033-
computer-systemengineering-spring-2009/video-lectures/
[3] Dheeraj, IIT Kharagpur, 14th May 2015, Lecture Notes,
Available: http://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/dheeraj/cs425

VRSEC 114
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20HS4105
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES – II : UNDERSTANDING HARMONY
Course Category: Humanities and Credits: 3
Social Sciences
Course Type: Mandatory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 – 0 – 0
Course
(Suggested by
AICTE)
Prerequisites: Universal Human Continuous Evaluation: 30
Values - I Semester end Evaluation: 70
desirable. Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able BTL
to:
Understand and aware of themselves and their surroundings K2
CO1 (family, society and nature).

Handle problems with sustainable solutions, while keeping K2

CO2 human relationships and human nature in mind.

Exhibit critical ability and become sensitive to their commitment K2

CO3 towards their understanding of human values, human
relationship and human society.

Apply what they have learnt to their own self in different day-to- K3
CO4 day settings in real life.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2

CO2 3

CO3 2

CO4 3 2

VRSEC 115
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT – I: Course introduction, need, basic guidelines, content and process
for value education:

Part-1: Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from UHV-I, Self-
exploration: what is it?, its content and process, ‘Natural acceptance’ and
experiential validation- as the process for self-exploration. Continuous
Happiness and Prosperity – A look at basic Human Aspirations.

Part-2: Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility – the basic

requirements for fulfillment of aspirations of every human being with their
correct priority, Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly – A critical
appraisal of the current scenario, Method to fulfill the above human aspirations:
understanding and living in harmony at various levels.

(Practice sessions are to be included to discuss natural acceptance in human

being as the innate acceptance for living with responsibility (living in
relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice
based on liking-disliking).

UNIT – II: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being – Harmony in

Myself:

Part-1: Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the
material ‘Body’. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ – happiness
and physical facility, Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the
doer, seer and enjoyer).

Part-2: Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in

‘I’. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct
appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail, Programs to ensure
Sanyam and Health.

(Practice sessions are to be included to discuss the role others have played in
making material goods available to me. Identifying from one’s own life.
Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for
ensuring health vs. dealing with disease).

VRSEC 116
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT – III: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society – Harmony

in Human-Human Relationship:

Part-1: Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice

(nine universal values in relationships) and program for its fulfillment to ensure
mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of relationship,
Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and
competence, Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect
and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship.

Part-2: Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of

family); Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as
comprehensive Human Goals, Visualizing a universal harmonious order in
society–Undivided Society, Universal Order–from family to world family.

(Practice sessions are to be included to reflect on relationships in family, hostel

and institute as extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship,
goal of education, etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss
with scenarios. Elicit examples from students’ lives).

UNIT – IV:

Part-1:Understanding Harmony in Nature & Existence – Whole existence

as Coexistence: Understanding the harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness
and mutual fulfillment among the four orders of Nature – recyclability and self-
regulation in nature, Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually
interacting units in all-pervasive space, Holistic perception of harmony at all
levels of existence.

Part-2: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on

Professional Ethics: Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of
ethical human conduct, Basis for humanistic education, humanistic constitution
and humanistic universal order, Competence in professional ethics: a) ability to
utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal human order, b)
ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people-friendly and eco-
friendly production systems, c) ability to identify and develop appropriate

VRSEC 117
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

technologies and management patterns for above production systems, Case

studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production
systems, Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human
Order: a) at the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible
engineers, technologists and managers, b) at the level of society: as mutually
enriching institutions and organizations.

(Part-1: Practice sessions are to be included to discuss human being as cause of

imbalance in nature (film “Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of resources
and role of technology, etc. Part-2: Practice exercises and case studies are to be
taken up in practice (tutorial) sessions eg. to discuss the conduct as an engineer
or scientist, etc.)

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Human values and professional ethics, R. R. Gaur, R. Sangal and G. P.
Bagaria, Excel Books Private Limited, New Delhi (2010).

REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, A. Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan,

Amarkantak (1999).
[2] Human Values, A. N. Tripathi, New Age International Publishers, New
Delhi (2004).
[3] The Story of Stuff: The impact of overconsumption on the planet, our
communities, and our health and how we can make it better, Annie Leonard,
Free Press, New York (2010).
[4]The story of my experiments with truth: Mahatma Gandhi Autobiography,
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi, B. N. Publishing (2008).
[5] Small is beautiful: A study of economics as if people mattered, E. F.
Schumacher, Vintage Books, London (1993).
[6] Slow is beautiful: New Visions of Community, Cecile Andrews, New
Society Publishers, Canada (2006).
[7] Economy of Permanence, J. C. Kumarappa, Sarva-Seva-Sangh Prakashan,
Varanasi (2017).
[8] Bharat Mein Angreji Raj, Pandit Sunderlal, Prabhath Prakashan, Delhi
(2018).

VRSEC 118
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[9] Rediscovering India, Dharampal, Society for Integrated Development of

Himilayas (2003).
[10] Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule, M. K. Gandhi, Navajivan Publishing
House, Ahmedabad (1909).
[11] India Wins Freedom: The Complete Version, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad,
Orient Blackswan (1988).
[12] The Life of Vivekananda and the Universal gospel, Romain Rolland,
Advaitha Ashrama, India (2010).
[13] Mahatma Gandhi: The Man who become one with the Universal Being,
Romain Rolland, Srishti Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi (2002).
E RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGGITAL MATERIAL

[1] AICTE – SIP Youtube Channel:

https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCo8MpJB_aaVwB4LWLAx6AhQ
[2] AICTE – UHV Teaching Learning Material:
https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/download.php#1

VRSEC 119
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4351
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS
LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Labratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0 - 0 - 3
Pre - requisites: 20CS3305 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the BTL POI
student will be able to:
Implement efficient binary trees, M-way search 3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3
CO1 trees, graph traversal and shortest path
algorithms.
Use divide and conquer, and greedy methods for 3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO2 2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3
implementing solutions for problems.
Implement solutions for problems using 3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO3 2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3
dynamic programming and backtracking.
Apply Branch and Bound techniques to write 3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO4 2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3
programs for different problems.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 3

VRSEC 120
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
WEEK 1: Implement operations on efficient binary trees.
WEEK 2: Implement operations on multi-way search trees: B and B+ Trees.
WEEK 3: Implement breath first search and depth first search for a connected
graph.
WEEK 4: Implement Warshall’s and Dijkstra’s single source shortest path
algorithms.
WEEK 5: Programs to find minimum spanning tree using Kruskal and Prim
algorithms.
WEEK 6: Perform strassen’s matrix multiplication using divide and conquer
technique.
WEEK 7: Design programs to solve Job sequencing and Knapsack problems using
greedy method.
WEEK 8: Implement shortest path algorithms using greedy methods.
WEEK 9: Implement matrix chain multiplication and optimal binary tree
algorithms using dynamic programming.
WEEK 10: Implement graph algorithms using dynamic programming.
WEEK 11: Implement solutions for traveling sales person and 0/1 knapsack
problems using dynamic programming.
WEEK 12: Implement solutions for n-queen and subset subset sum problems
using backtracking technique.
WEEK 13: Implement graph coloring and hamiltonian cycle algorithms for a
connected graph using backtracking technique.
WEEK 14: Implement solutions for traveling sales person and 0/1 knapsack
problems using branch and bound technique.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Reema Thareja, “Data Structures using C”, Second Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2011. (Unit I)

VRSEC 121
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[2] Ellis Horowitz, SatrajSahni and Rajasekharan, “Fundamentals of Computer

Algorithms”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2008. (Unit II, III, and IV)

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C”,2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008.
[2] Richard F.Gilberg & B.A.Forouzan "Data Structures A Pseudo code Approach
with C”, 2nd Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2013
[3] M.T.Goodrich and R.Tomassia, “Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and
Internet examples”, John Wiley and sons, 2006.
[4] T.H.Cormen,C.E.Leiserson, R.L.Rivest and C.Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”, 2/e, PHI Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, 2009.
[5] Allen Weiss, “Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] N. Garg, IIT Delhi, Dec 31, 2009, Data Structures and Algorithms, NPTEL,
Available: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/25.
[2] A. G. Ranade, S. Viswanathan, and A. A. Diwan, IIT Bombay, Dec 31, 2009,
Design and Analysis of Algorithms, NPTEL,
Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/101/106101060/
[3] E. Demaine, S. Devadas, and N. Lynch, MIT, Design and Analysis of
Algorithms, MIT OpenCourseWare,
Available:https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-
science/6-046j-design-and-analysis-of-algorithms-spring-2015/
[4] Timroughgarden.org.Tim Roughgarden's Online Courses. Available :
http://timroughgarden.-org/videos.html.

VRSEC 122
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4352
MICROPROCESSOR LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial- 0-0-3
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS3304 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Digital Logic and Semester end Evaluation: 70
Computer Design Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand microprogramming and organization K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1
CO1
of CPU.
Apply algorithms to perform arithmetic K3 1.6.1,1.7.1 ,2.7.1,
CO2 2.8.1,
operations on fixed point and floating point data.
Understand Memory Hierarchy and I/O K2 1.6.1,1.7.1,2.7.1,
CO3 2.7.2
Organization.
Understand the concepts of 8086 microprocessor K2 1.6.1,
CO4 interrupts and interfacing. 1.7.1,2.7.1,2.7.2,
3.6.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2
CO2 1 2

CO3 1 2

CO4 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
Programming on
Task 1: Data transfer instructions (With different Address Modes).

VRSEC 123
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Task 2: Demonstration on 8086 μP Flag Register with operations.

Task 3: Arithmetic instructions (8-bit /16-bit Data Size With different Address
Modes)
Task 4: Loop instructions
Task5: Jump instructions
Task 6: Logical/ rotate/ shift instructions
Task 7: String instructions.
Task 8: Demonstration of subroutines Execution
Task 9: ADC interfacing
Task 10: DAC interfaces
Task 11: Stepper motor interfacing
Task12:Complete study of ARM Cortex processor

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Douglas V Hall, “Microprocessor and Interfacing”, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill,
2016.
[2] Kenneth J. Ayala, “8051 MICRO CONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE” 3rd
edition, Thomson Delmar Learning, 2007
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] K M Bhurchandi, A.K.Ray, “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”, 3rd
edition, McGraw Hill, 2014
[2] Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based System Design , Mohamed
Rafiquzzaman , 2nd Edition , CRS press,1995.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Prof. Krishna Kumar, IISc Bangalore “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”
[Web Content]. Available: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108100/
(Accessed on 10-8-18)

VRSEC 124
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4353
COMPUTER NETWORKS LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-3
Co - requisites: 20CS3305 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand fundamental concepts of computer networks and reference
CO1
models
Analyze data link layer mechanisms for error control, flow control and
CO2
multiple access
Analyze functioning of routing algorithms, congestion control & QoS
CO3
techniques used at network layer
Analyze the different protocols used at transport layer and Application
CO4
layer.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2

CO2 3 2 2

CO3 3 2 2

CO4 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT/TASKS
Task 1:
Installation of Packet Tracer & environment
Network Representation (PT 1.5.5)

VRSEC 125
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Task 2:
Investigate OSI and TCP reference models in action
Part 1: Examine HTTP Web Traffic (PT 3.5.5)
Part 2: Display Elements of the TCP/IP Protocol Suite
Task 3:
Basic Switch and End Device Configuration
Configure Initial Switch Settings (PT 2.5.5)
Basic Switch and End Device Configuration (PT 2.9.1)
Task 4:
Physical Layer
Connect a Wired and Wireless LAN (PT 4.6.5)
Connect the Physical Layer (PT 4.7.2)
Task 5:
Basic Router Configuration
Configure Initial Router Settings (PT 10.1.4)
Connect a Router to a LAN (PT 10.3.4)
Troubleshoot Default Gateway Issues (10.3.5)
Basic Device Configuration (PT 10.4.3)
Task 6:
Data Link Layer Protocols
Identify MAC and IP Addresses (PT 9.1.3)
Examine the ARP Table (PT 9.2.9)
Task 7:
IPv4 Addressing
Subnet an IPv4 Network (PT 11.5.5)
Subnetting Scenario (PT 11.7.5)
Task 8:
VLSM
VLSM Design and Implementation Practice (PT 11.9.3)
Design and Implement a VLSM Addressing Scheme (PT 11.10.1)
Task 9:
IPv6 Addressing
Configure IPv6 Addressing (PT 12.6.6)
Implement a Subnetted IPv6 Addressing Scheme (PT 12.9.1)
Task 10:
ICMP for network testing

VRSEC 126
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Verify IPv4 and IPv6 Addressing (PT 13.2.6)

Use Ping and Traceroute to Test Network Connectivity (PT 13.2.7)
Use ICMP to Test and Correct Network Connectivity (PT 13.3.1)
Task 11:
Transport Layer
TCP and UDP Communications (PT 14.8.1)
Task 12:
Device Security
Configure Secure Passwords and SSH (PT 16.4.6)
Secure Network Devices (PT 16.5.1)
Installing Wireshark & Using Wireshark to View Network Traffic
Supplementary Coding Tasks:
1. Compute Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) for a given data frame using the
three CRC polynomials – CRC 12, CRC 16 & CRC CCITT.
2. Implement Dijkstra‘s algorithm to compute the Shortest path for a given
graph
3. Obtain Routing table at each node using Distance Vector Routing (DVR)
algorithm fora given subnet
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Andrew S Tanenbaum, David J Wetherall “Computer Networks”, 5th Edition,
Pearson Education
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Kurose and Ross, “Computer Networks – A Top-down Approach Featuring the
Internet”, Pearson Education.
[2] Behrouz A.Fourozan, “Data Communications and Networking”. 4th Ed, TATA
McGraw Hill.
[3] Nader F.Mir, Computer and Communication Networks. PHI Publications
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof Sowmya Kanti Ghosh, IIT Kharagpur, NPTEL Lectures, 18th April 2018,
Video Lectures, Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105183/
[2] MIT Open Courseware, MIT, 14th May 2015, Video Lectures, Available:
http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electricalengineering-and-computer-science/6-033-
computer-systemengineering-spring-2009/video-lectures/
[3] Dheeraj, IIT Kharagpur, 14th May 2015, Lecture Notes,
Available: http://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/dheeraj/cs425

VRSEC 127
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20TP4106
ENGLISH FOR PROFESSIONALS
Course Category: Soft Skills - 2 Credits: 1
Course Type: Learning by Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0–0–2
Doing
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 How conversations are made. K3
CO2 Usage of grammar. K3
CO3 Etiquettes and manners. K3
CO4 Speaking Skills. K3
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of
Program Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3

CO2 3

CO3 3

CO4 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
Beginners, Functional, Situational Conversations: Introduction: Importance of
spoken English in the placements and Group Discussion, Beginners Conversation:
Self Introduction - Introducing Self, Introducing each other in a team (Pair
Activity), Functional Conversation: Seeking Permission from Seniors Teachers
and other superiors (Team Activity), Asking Direction - Direction from stranger or
from Helpline, Making Requests - Requests for borrowing books, applications, or
any other help from office staff in college or outside.
Just a minute: Give a topic and ask the student to talk impromptu, To present the

VRSEC 128
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

topic in a structured manner.

UNIT-II
Structuring and forming sentences: Structure of mother tongue and pit falls in
translation to English, Formation of sentences in English.
Errors in Usage: Difficulty in right usage of words, Difficulty in Pronunciation -
Phonetic differences in mother tongue and English – areas to improve, Idioms and
Phrase – Frequently used Idiom and Phrases which help to enhance the quality of
presentation and make the presentation meaningful, Meaning of frequently used
Idioms and Phrases.
UNIT-III
Introduction to different ways of speaking: Elocution, Debate and Extempore,
Principles of Elocution and its challenges practice in session, Principles of Debates
and its challenges –practice session, Principles of Extempore - its pitfalls – practice
sessions.
UNIT-IV
Etiquette: Need of Etiquette in Social arena, Dining Etiquette, Social Etiquette in
conversation - formal and informal gathering, Book a table etc. Versant Test:
Mode of versant Test, Aim of the test and various methods it follows, Practice
session.
TEXTBOOKS
Audio—visuals / hand outs (compiled/ created by training division, T&P cell, VR
Siddhartha Engineering College).
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Sadanand, K. & Punitha, S. (2014). Spoken English: A Foundation Course (Part

1 & 2) (Rev. ed.). Orient BlackSwan Pvt. Ltd.
2. Bhatnagar, N., & Bhatnagar, M. (2010). Communicative English for Engineers
and Professionals. Pearson Education India.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIALS

[1] Chaudhary, S. (2015, April 30). Better Spoken English. NPTEL. https://npte
l.ac.in/courses/109106067. Last accessed on June 6, 2022.
[2] Roy, A. G. (2019, September 5). Speaking Effectively. NPTEL Online
Courses. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20 hs14/preview. Last accessed on
June 6, 2022.
[3] UsingEnglish.com: English Language (ESL) Learning Online. (2002).
UsingEnglish- .Com. https://www.usingenglish.com/. Last accessed on June 6,
2022.
[4] Goodreads. (n.d.). Goodreads | Meet your next favorite book. https://www.go
odreads.com/. Last accessed on June 6, 2022.
VRSEC 129
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS4607
INDUSTRY STANDARD CODING PRACTICE – I
Course Category: Skill Oriented Credits: 2
Course - 1
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 1-0-2
Prerequisites: 20CS3305 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student BTL POI
will be able to:
Understand test and development aspects of K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1,
CO1 programming by solving problems at Industry 2.5.1, 4.6.3
standards.
Apply domain skills and mathematical knowledge to K3 1.2.1, 2.5.1,
CO2 2.5.3,4.4.1
solve any given problem.
Apply methods to optimize solutions for any given K3 1.2.1, 2.5.3,
CO3 4.4.1
problem.
Apply elementary data structures to solve problems K3 1.2.1, 2.5.3,
CO4 4.4.1
with test driven development
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 130
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
Problem solving through Competitive Coding, Problem solving using control
structures, Numeric series and patterns, Code Complexity analysis, Linear/
Logarithmic/ Super linear/ Polynomial/ Exponential/ Factorial Algorithms,
Problem solving on rotations of data, Problem solving on Order statistic problems,
Problem Solving Examples Problem solving on matrix data, Memory manipulation
techniques using pointers. Memory Arithmetic, Problem solving implementing
pointer to an array, Memory Layout, overcoming the segmentation faults, Run-
time memory allocation, Coding comparisons of Linear list data structure and
Pointers, examples and Practice problems.
UNIT II
Problem solving on string data, Problem solving on String manipulations, coding
problems using string handling functions, Problem solving on Multi-String
Problems, Problem Solving for long strings, Examples, Practice problems.
Problem solving using modular programming, Inter module communications,
scopes of data in the code, Problem solving approaches using recursions,
Evaluation of Recursive algorithms, Significance of mathematical Recurrence
Relations, Evaluation of recurrence relations, Time Analysis, Examples, Practice
problems.
UNIT III
Problem solving on operational and traversal logics on linked lists, Problem
solving to compare linked lists, detection of a cycle/ merge point, Merging sorted
linked lists, coding problems on circular linked lists/Double linked lists, Examples,
Practice problems. Problem Solving Problem solving through Linked list coding,
traversals, Problem solving to compare linked lists, detection of a cycle/ merge
point, Merging sorted linked lists, Circular linked list formation, Double linked list
formation, Examples, Practice problems.
UNIT IV
Problem solving through testing, implementing various testing approaches: Test
strategy, Test development, Test execution, Bug fixing, Examples, Practice
problems, Problem solving Methods and techniques. Understanding the problem as
math abstract, formation of the logic, Identifying the corner cases, Examples,
Practice problems, Version control systems, Git repositories and working trees,
adding new version of the files to a Git repository, Examples, practice problems.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Halim, Steven and Halim, Felix, Competitive Programming 3, 2013.
[2] Ahmed Shamsul Arefin, Art of Programming Contest, ACMSolver, Second
Edition, 2012
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Programming Challenges: The Programming Contest Training Manual By
VRSEC 131
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Steven S Skiena, Miguel A. Revilla

[2] Guide to Competitive Programming: Learning and Improving Algorithms
Through Contests By Antti Laaksonen
E- RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Topcoder tutorials - https://www.topcoder.com/community/data-science/data-
science-tutorials/
[2] Nite Nimajneb’s site - http://comscigate.com/Books/contests/icpc.pdf
[3] Slides from a Stanford Course - http://web.stanford.edu/class/cs97si/
[4] Halim, Steven and Halim, Felix, Competitive Programming 3, 2013. Ebook
available at lulu.com. Site associate with with the book is http://cpbook.net

VRSEC 132
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20MC4108B
INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Course Mandatory Course Credits: -
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 2-0- 0
Practice:
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to: BTL
CO1 Understand the fundamental law of the land K2
CO2 Understand how fundamental rights are protected K2
Understand the structure and formation of the Indian Government K2
CO3
System
Understand when and how an emergency can be imposed and K2
CO4
what are the consequences.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2

CO2 2 3

CO3 1

CO4 2 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Constitution of India: Meaning of the Constitution Law and
Constitutionalism, Historical perspective of constitution of India, Salient features
of Constitution of India.

VRSEC 133
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II
Fundamental Rights: Scheme of the fundamental rights, scheme of the
fundamental right to equality, scheme of the fundamental right to certain freedoms
under Article 19, scope of the right of life and personal liberty under Article 21,
writs jurisdiction

UNIT III
Nature of the Indian Constitution: Federal structure and distribution of
legislative and financial powers between the Union and states

Parliamentary form of Government in India: The Constitution powers and

status of the President of India, Amendment of the Constitutional powers and
Procedure, Historical Perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India

Local Self Government: Constitutional Scheme in India

UNIT – IV
Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, President rule, Financial
Emergency
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Dr. J.N. Pandey, Constitutional Law of India published by Central law Agency,
Allahabad, Edition 2018
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] V.N Shukla’s, Constitution of India Eastern Book Company, Lucknow.
[2] M.P. jain, Indian Constitution Law, Wadhwa and Company, Nagpur.
[3] D.D. basu, Constitution of India, Wadhwa and Company, Nagpur

VRSEC 134
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER V

VRSEC 135
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5301
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Data Structures: Continuous Evaluation: 30
20CS3305 Semester end Evaluation: 70
Discrete Total Marks: 100
Mathematics :
20BS3101A

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO1 Understand the concepts of database systems K2
2.5.3, 2.6.3

Analyse the Entity-Relationship models, inturn K4 2.5.2, 2.5.3,

2.6.3,2.7.2,3.5.6,3.6.2
CO2 develop the Relational models that leads to
database design
Apply various normalization techniques to K3 2.5.2, 2.5.3,
2.6.3,2.7.2,3.5.6,3.6.2
CO3 relational models in order to improve database
design quality
Understand database transactions processing, K2 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
2.6.3,2.7.2
CO4 protocols for Concurrency control and
Recovery techniques in database
Implement database management techniques K5 2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
2.6.4, 2.8.4,
CO5 using relational SQL database to real world 5.4.2,5.5.2
applications
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 1 1

CO2 2 3 1 1

CO3 2 3 1 1

CO4 1 2 1 1

VRSEC 136
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

CO5 2 3 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Database Systems -Databases and Database users: Introduction, An
example, Characteristics of Database Approach, Actors on the scene, Workers
behind the scene.
Database System—Concepts and Architecture: Data Models, Schemas and
Instances, Three-schema Architecture and Data Independence, Database
Languages and Interfaces, The Database System Environment.

SQL Schema Definition, Basic Constraints and Queries- SQL: SQL Data
Definition and Data Types specifying basic constraints in SQL, Basic retrieval
queries in SQL, Insert, Delete and Update statements in SQL, Additional features
of SQL ,More complex SQL Queries, Specifying Constraints as Assertions and
Triggers, Views (Virtual Tables) in SQL,Schema Change Statement in SQL.

Unit II
Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship Model-Using High-Level
Conceptual Data Models for Database Design; A Sample Database Application;
Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes and Keys; Relationship types, Relationship
Sets, Roles and Structural Constraints; Weak Entity Types;

Refining the ER Design, ER Diagrams, Naming Conventions and Design Issues,

Relationship Types of Degree Higher than two, Relational Database Design using
ER-to-Relational Mapping.

Unit III
Relational Model and Relational Algebra- Relational Data Model and Relational
Database Constraints: Relational Model Concepts, Relational Model Constraints
and Relational Database Schemas, Update Operations, Transactions and Dealing
with Constraint Violations.
Relational Algebra: Unary Relational Operations, SELECT and PROJECT,
Relational Algebra Operations from Set Theory Binary Relational Operations:
JOIN and DIVISION, Additional
VRSEC 137
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Relational Operations, Examples of Queries in Relational Algebra.

Relational Database Design - Functional Dependencies; Normal Forms Based on
Primary Keys; General Definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms; Boyce-
Codd Normal Form; Properties of Relational Decompositions; Multivalued
Dependencies, Fourth Normal Form and Fifth Normal Form.
Unit IV
Transaction Processing, Concurrency Control, and Recovery: Introduction to
Transaction Processing, Transaction and System Concepts, Desirable Properties of
Transactions, Characterizing Schedules Based on Recoverability, Characterizing
Schedules Based on Serializability, Two-Phase Locking Techniques for
Concurrency Control, Recovery Concepts ,NO-UNDO/REDO Recovery
Techniques based on Deferred Update, Recovery Techniques Based on Immediate
Update, Shadow Paging, The ARIES Recovery Algorithm.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”,7th edition, Pearson Education Ltd, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Raghu Rama Krishnan,Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management Systems”,
3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014
[2] Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.Korth, S.Sudarshan, “Database System
Concepts”, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill Education,2013
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
1. Dr S.Srinath IIT-Madras “Conceptual design process “
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106093/ Last accessed on 10/02/2022
2. Prof P.Srinivasa Kumar IIT-Madras “ Normalization process”
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106095/ Lecture 7, Last accessed on
10/02/2022
3. Prof D.Janakiram IIT-Madras “Concurrency Control techniques”
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106093/ Lecture 20,21,22,23 Last accessed
on 10/02/2022
4. Andy Pavlo, Carnegie Mellon University, Relational model concepts,
https://15445.courses.cs.cmu.edu/fall2017/slides/01-introduction.pdf

VRSEC 138
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5302
ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Programme Core Credits: 3
Category:
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-
Practice: 0
Prerequisites: Java Programming: Continuous Evaluation: 30
20ES3102 Semester end 70
Evaluation: 100
Total Marks:

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO1 Apply Java concepts to Create GUI application. 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4

Apply Java concepts to Create distributed K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,2.6.3,

CO2 2.7.1, 3.5.1,3.8.2
application.
K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,
Apply Java concepts to Develop web
CO3 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4
application 3.5.1,3.8.2

K3 2.5.1,
Apply Java concepts to Develop enterprise 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO4
application 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,
5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3

CO2 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2

VRSEC 139
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Event Handling : The Delegation Event Model, Event Classes, Event Listener
Interfaces,Handling Mouse Events, Handling Keyboard Events.
GUI Programming: Introduction to Swings, JLable and ImageIcon, JTextField,
The Swing Buttons: JButton, Checkboxes, RadioButtons, JTabbedPane, JList,
JComboBox, JTable, JMenu Bars and JMenus.
Java Database Connectivity: JDBC Connectivity, Types of JDBC drivers,
Connecting to the database, JDBC Statements, JDBC Exceptions, Manipulations
on the database.
UNIT II
Network Programming: Introduction, InetAddress, Client/Server Interaction
with Stream Socket Connections, Client/Server Interaction with Datagrams
socket connections.
Remote Method Invocation: Introduction to RMI, RMI Architecture, Defining
the Remote Interface, Implementing the Remote Interface, Compiling and
Executing the Server and the Client.
UNIT III
Servlets: Introduction to servlets, Lifecycle of a Servlet, Simple servlet, the
Servlet API, the javax.servlet package, Reading Servlet parameters, the
javax.servlet.http package, Handling Http Request & Responses, Using Cookies,
Session Tracking.
Java Server Pages: Introduction to JSP, The Problem with Servlet, the
Anatomy of a JSP Page, JSP Processing, JSP Application Design with MVC
architecture.
UNIT IV
JSP Application Development: Generating Dynamic Content, Using Scripting
Elements, Implicit JSP Objects, Conditional Processing, Displaying Values
Using an Expression to Set an Attribute, Declaring Variables and Methods,
Error Handling and Debugging, Sharing data between JSP pages, Requests and
Users, Passing Control and Data between Pages, Sharing Session and
Application Data.

VRSEC 140
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Microservies for Java Developes: What is a Microservice

Architecture?,Challenges,Technology Solutions.
Spring Boot for Microservices:Getting Started, Hello World, Calling Another
Service.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Herbert Schildt, “Java The Complete Reference”, Eleventh Edition, Oracle
Press, . 2019. [Unit I Chapter 1&2, Unit II Chapter 1, Unit III Chapter 1].
[2] H. M. Deitel, P.J. Deitel, S.E. Santry, “Advanced Java 2 Platform How to
Program”, 3rd Edition, 2016, Prentice Hall Publications. [Unit I Chapter 2,
Unit- II Chapter 2]
[3] Hans Bergsten, "JavaServer Pages", 3rd Edition 2017, O’Reilly Media.
[Unit III Chapter 2 , Unit- IV Chapter 1 ].
[4] Christian Posta,"Microservices for Java Developers", O'Reilly Media
Inc.,September 2016. [Unit IV Chapter 2 & 3 ]
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Paul J. Dietel and Dr.Harvey M. Deitel, “Java How to Program”, 9th Edition,
Prentice-Hall, Pearson Education, 2016.
[2] David Geary, Cay S. Horstmann “Core JavaServer Faces” Third edition,
2016, Prentice Hall.
[3] Jim Keogh, “The Complete reference to J2EE”, reprint 2017, Tata McGraw-
Hill
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] AbhayRedkar, JSF Developer, “Java Micro services”,
Udemy. Last accessed on 10-02-2022 .
https://www.udemy.com/course/microservices-with-spring-boot-and-spring-
cloud/

VRSEC 141
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20HS5103
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT
Course Category: Humanities and Credits: 2
Social Sciences
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand various forms of organizations and principles of management
CO2 Understand the various aspects of business economics.
CO3 Acquire knowledge on Human resources and Marketing functions
Understand different methods used in calculating depreciation and
CO4
evaluating alternatives economicaly.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT - I
Forms of Business Organization: Salient Features of Sole Proprietorship,
Partnership, Joint Stock Company, Co-operative Society and Public Sector.
Management: Introduction to Management, Functions of Management, Principles

VRSEC 142
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

of Scientific Management, Modern Principles of Management.

UNIT - II
Introduction to Economics: Introduction to Basic Economic Concepts, Utility
Analysis: Marginal Utility and Total Utility, Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility,
Law of Equi Marginal Utility.
Demand Analysis: Theory of Demand: Demand Function, Factors Influencing
Demand, Demand Schedule and Demand Curve, Shift in Demand, Elasticity of
Demand: Elastic and Inelastic Demand, Types of Elasticity.
Supply Analysis: Supply Schedule and Supply Curve, Factors Influencing Supply,
Supply Function.

UNIT – III
Human Resource Management: Meaning and difference between Personnel
Management and Human Resource Management, Functions of Human Resource
Management.
Marketing Management: Concept of Selling And Marketing – Differences,
Functions of Marketing, Product Life Cycle, Concept of Advertising, Sales
Promotion, Types of Distribution Channels, Marketing Research, Break-Even
Analysis.

UNIT – IV
Financial Management: Functions of Financial Management, Time value of
money with cash flow diagrams, Concept of Simple and Compound Interest.
Depreciation: Causes of depreciation, Factors influencing depreciation, common
methods of Depreciation: Straight Line Method, Declining Balance Method, Sum
of Year’s Digits Method –Problems.
Economic Alternatives: Methods of Evaluating Alternatives under Present worth
method, Future worth method, Annual Equivalent method - Problems.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] M. Mahajan Industrial Engineering and Production Management Dhanpat Rai
Publications 2nd Edition.
[2] Martand Telsang” Industrial & Business Management” S.Chand publications
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] R.Paneer selvam “Production and Operations Management” PHI
[2] Philip Kotler & Gary Armstrong “Principles of Marketing” ,pearson prentice
VRSEC 143
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Hall, New Delhi,2012 Edition.

[3] IM Pandey, “Financial Management” Vikas Publications 11th Edition
[4] B.B Mahapatro, “Human Resource Management”,New Age International, 2011
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1]https://www.toppr.com/guides/fundamentals-of-economics-and-
management/supply/supply-function/
[2]https://keydifferences.com/difference-between-personnel-management- and-
human-resource-management.html
[3] http://productlifecyclestages.com/
[4] https://speechfoodie.com/cash-flow-diagrams/

VRSEC 144
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5404A
APPLIED STATISTICS
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective I
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 -0- 0
Prerequisites: 20BS4101 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Probability and Semester end Evaluation: 70
Statistics Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the role of statistics in engineering K2 1.2.1, 1.6.1
CO1
Analyze Discrete Random variables and K4 1.2.1, 2.7.1, 2.8.1
CO2
Continuous Random variables
Apply random sampling and point estimations to K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.7.1,
CO3 2.8.1,4.4.2
real world problems.
Analyze Simple Linear Regression and Multiple K4 2.8.1
CO4
Linear Regression
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
The Role Of Statistics In Engineering : The Engineering Method and Statistical
Thinking, Collecting Engineering Data ,Mechanistic and Empirical Models,

VRSEC 145
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Probability and Probability models.

Discrete Random Variables and Probability Distributions: Discrete Random
Variables, Probability Distributions and Probability Mass functions, Cumulative
Distribution Functions, Mean and Variance of a Discrete Random Variable,
Discrete Uniform Distribution, Binomial Distribution, Geometric and Negative
Binomial Distributions ,Hypergeometric Distribution, Poisson Distribution .
UNIT II
Continuous Random Variables And Probability Distributions: Continuous
Random Variables, Probability Distributions and Probability Density Functions
,Cumulative Distribution Functions, Mean and Variance of a Continuous Random
Variable, Continuous Uniform Distribution ,Normal Distribution, Normal
Approximation to the Binomial and Poisson Distributions, Exponential
Distribution Erlang and Gamma Distribution, Weibull Distribution , Lognormal
Distribution
UNIT III
Random Sampling and Data Description: Data Summary and Display, Random
Sampling , Stem-and-leaf Diagrams, Frequency Distributions and Histograms, Box
Plots, Time sequence Plots ,Probability Plots.
Point Estimation of Parameters: Introduction, General Concepts of Point
Estimation, Methods of Point Estimation, Sampling Distributions , Sampling
Distributions of Means
UNIT IV
Simple Linear Regression: Empirical Models, Simple Linear Regression,
Properties of the Least square Estimators, Hypothesis Tests in Simple Linear
Regression, Confidence Intervals, Prediction of New Observations, Adequacy of
the Regression Model, Transformation to a straight line, Correlation.
Multiple Linear Regression: Multiple Linear Regression Model, Hypothesis
Tests in Multiple Linear Regression, Confidence Intervals in Multiple Linear

VRSEC 146
 Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Regression, Prediction of New Observations, Model Adequacy Checking, Aspects

of Multiple Regression Modelling

TEXT BOOKS

[1] Douglas C. Montgomery, George C. Runger (2018), Applied Statistics and

Probability for Engineers, Wiley
REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] Härdle, Wolfgang; Okhrin, Ostap; Okhrin, Yarema (2017),Basic Elements of

computational Statistics, Springer
[2] Sheldon M.Ross (2006) : Introductory Statistics , 2/e, Elsevier Publications
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1]Introduction to computational statistics

https://www.coursera.org/specializations/compstats

VRSEC 147
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5404B
PRINCIPLES OF CLOUD COMPUTING
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective I
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Computer Continuous Evaluation: 30
Networks: Semester end Evaluation: 70
20CS4304 Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand Cloud Computing concepts, K1 1.7.1,2.5.1
CO1
technologies, architecture and applications
Understand the architecture and infrastructure of K2 1.7.1, 2.6.3, 2.6.4,
2.8.3, 2.8.4
CO2 cloud computing, including SaaS, PaaS, IaaS,
public cloud, private cloud, hybrid cloud, etc.
Analyze the different Cloud Platforms and Cloud K4 1.7.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO3 2.6.4, 2.8.4, 3.7.1
Applications
Apply the security issues and legal issues in K3 1.7.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO4 2.6.4, 2.8.4, 3.7.1
cloud computing
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2

CO2 3 2

CO3 1 3 2 1 2

CO4 3 2 3 1 2

VRSEC 148
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT I
Introduction to Cloud Computing - Cloud Computing in a Nutshell, Roots of
Cloud Computing, Layers and Types of Clouds, Desired Features of a Cloud,
Cloud Infrastructure Management, Infrastructure as a Service Providers,
Platform as a Service Providers, Challenges and Risks
Migrating into a Cloud - Introduction, Broad Approaches to Migrating into the
Cloud, The Seven-Step Model of Migration into a Cloud

UNIT II
Virtualization: Introduction, Characteristics of Virtualized Environments,
Taxonomy of Virtualization Techniques - Execution Virtualization, Other types
of Virtualization, Virtualization and Cloud Computing, Pros and Cons of
Virtualization, Technology Examples – Xen, VMware, Microsoft Hyper-V.
Virtual Machines Provisioning and Migration Services - Introduction, Virtual
Machines Provisioning and Manageability, Virtual Machine Migration Services,
VM Provisioning and Migration in Action, Provisioning in the Cloud Context

UNIT III
Cloud Platforms in Industry: Amazon web services - Compute services,
Storage services, Communication services and Additional Services. Google
AppEngine - Architecture and core concepts, Application life cycle, Cost model,
Observations. Microsoft Azure – Azure Core Concepts, SQL Azure, Windows
Azure Platform Appliance.
Cloud Applications: Scientific Applications – Healthcare, Biology,
Geoscience, Business and Consumer Applications – CRM and ERP,
Productivity, Social Networking, Media Applications, Multiplayer Online
Gaming. Features of Cloud and Grid Platforms - Cloud Capabilities and
Platform Features, Traditional Features Common to Grids and Clouds, Data
Features and Databases, Programming and Runtime Support. Programming
Support of Google App Engine - Programming the Google App Engine,
Google File System (GFS), BigTable, Google’s NOSQL System, Chubby,
Google’s Distributed Lock Service. Programming on Amazon AWS and
Microsoft Azure - Programming on Amazon EC2, Amazon Simple Storage
Service (S3), Amazon Elastic Block Store (EBS) and SimpleDB, Microsoft
Azure Programming Support.
UNIT IV
Data Security in the Cloud - Introduction, Current State, Homo Sapiens and

VRSEC 149
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Digital Information, Cloud Computing and Data Security Risk, Cloud

Computing and Identity, The Cloud, Digital Identity, and Data Security
Legal Issues in Cloud Computing - Introduction, Data Privacy and Security
Issues, Cloud Contracting models, Jurisdictional Issues Raised by Virtualization
and Data Location
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski, "Cloud
Computing: Principles and Paradigms", Wiley, 2013
[2] Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. Thamarai Selvi, “Mastering
Cloud Computing”, McGraw Hill, 2013
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Barrie Sosinsky, "Cloud Computing Bible", Wiley Publishers, 2012.
[2] Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack J Dongarra, "Distributed and Cloud
Computing - From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things", Morgan
Kaufman Publishing, 2012
[3] Thomas Erl, "Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture", 1 st
Ed, Pearson, 2014
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] https://cs.uwaterloo.ca/~a78khan/courses-offered/cs446/2010_05/lecture-
slides/16_CloudComputing.pdf
[2] http://www.cs.iit.edu/~iraicu/teaching/CS553-S12/index.html
[3] https://www.youtube.com/user/arch4cloud/playlists

VRSEC 150
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5404C
INFORMATION SECURITY AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective I
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 - 0 - 0
Prerequisites: Computer Continuous Evaluation: 30
Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
20CS4304 Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the fundamentals of Information K1 2.6.3, 2.6.4
CO1
Security
Analyse the threats and attacks on information K3 3.7.1
CO2
systems
Understand the need for risk management and K2 2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO3 2.6.4, 2.8.4
risk control
Understand the importance of security planning K2 2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO4 2.6.4, 2.8.4
and education
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1

CO2 3 1

CO3 2 1

CO4 2 1

VRSEC 151
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT I: Introduction to Information Security

The History of Information Security, What Is Security?, CNSS Security Model,
Components of an Information System, Balancing Information Security and
Access, Approaches to Information Security Implementation, The Systems
Development Life Cycle, The Security Systems Development Life Cycle,
Security Professionals and the Organization, Communities of Interest,
Information Security: Is it an Art or a Science?

UNIT II: The Need for Security

Introduction, Business Needs First, Threats, Attacks, Secure Software
Development.
Law and Ethics in Information Security, International Laws and Legal Bodies,
Ethics and Information Security, Codes of Ethics and Professional Organizations

UNIT III: RISK MANAGEMENT

An Overview of Risk Management, Risk Identification, Risk Assessment, Risk
Control Strategies, Selecting a Risk Control Strategy, Quantatitive Versus
Qualitative Risk Control Practices, Risk Management Discussion Points,
Recommended Risk Control Practices.

UNIT IV: Planning for Security

Information Security Planning and Governance, Information Security Policy,
Standards, and Practices, The Information Security Blueprint, Security
Education, Training, and Awareness Program, Continuity Strategies
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Michael E Whitman, Herbert J Mattord, "Principles of Information Security",
4th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] Steven Hernandez, Corey Schou, “Information Assurance Handbook:

Effective Computer Security and Risk Management Strategies”, 1st Edition,
McGrawHill, 2014.
[2] William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security- Principles and
Practice”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.

VRSEC 152
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] nptelonlinecourse.com, “Cryptography and network Security”, 2021.

[Online].
Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/ Accessed on
02/12/2021.
[2] cybrary.com, “Cryptography”, 2021, [Online].
Available:https://www.cybrary.it/course/fundamental-cryptography-data-
protection/. Accessed on 02/12/2021

VRSEC 153
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5404D
PROGRAMMING FOR GAMES
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective I
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: 20ES3102 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Java Semester end Evaluation: 70
Programming Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the Overview of Unity 3D & C# K2 1.6.1,3.5.6,5.4.1
CO1
programming.
Understand the Unity 3D Architecture & develop K2 1.7.1,3.8.3,5.4.2
CO2
game code.
Apply the game programming fundamentals & K3 3.8.2,5.5.2
CO3
Unity 3D execution order.
Apply the advanced concepts of C# for game K3 1.7.1,5.5.2
CO4
programming
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2

CO2 1 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3

CO4 2 3 3

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 154
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT 1
Introduction to C#: A Flexible Programming Language, Overview of C#,
Compiling, Unity 3D Overview: The Main Panel, Creating a New Project, A
New Unity 3D Project, Sample Code , Working with C#: Game Engines

UNIT 2
Tokens, Statements and Expressions, Keywords, White Space, Code Blocks,
Classes, Variables, Variable Names
Basics Building Blocks of Code, Building Up a Game Idea, Creating a Class,
Directives, Functions, Order of Operation, Logic and Operators, Loops.

UNIT 3
Fundamentals: Inheritance, Instancing, Static, Turning Ideas into Code, Jump
Statements, Operators and Conditions, Arrays, Jump Statements,
Multidimensional Arrays, Array List, Strings.
Class Constructors, Using Arrays in Unity 3D,Enums, Switch, Structs, Class
Data, Namespaces, Functions Again, Unity 3D Execution Order, Type Casting,
Working with Vectors, Out Parameter, Ref Parameter, Type Casting Numbers,
Types and Operators, Operator Overloading, Controlling Inheritance.

UNIT 4
Function Overloading, Accessors (or Properties), Base Classes, Optional
Parameters, Delegate Functions, Interface, Preprocessor Directives, Exceptions,
IEnumerator.
Generics, Events, Unity-Friendly Classes, Destructors, Concurrency or
Coroutines, Dictionary, Stacks, and Queues, Callbacks, Lambda Expressions.
Debugging, Recursion, Reflection, LINQ, Bitwise Operators, Bitwise Math,
Attributes, Architectures and Organization, Design Patterns.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Alex Okita, Learning C# Programming with Unity 3D,CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group,2020
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Balagurusamy, Emir. Programming in C#: A Primer. McGraw-Hill
Education, 2010.
[2] Norton, Terry. Learning C# by developing games with unity 3D. Packt
VRSEC 155
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Publishing Ltd, 2013.

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Intro to C# Programming and Scripting for Games in Unity,

https://www.udemy.com/course/3dmotive-intro-to-c-programming-and-
scripting-for-games-in-unity/ accessed on 13.05.2022.
[2] Coding in C# in Unity for beginners, https://unity.com/how-to/learning-c-
sharp-unity-beginners. Accessed on 13.05.2022.
[3] Scripting in Unity for experienced programmers, https://unity.com/how-
to/programming-unity accessed on 13.05.2022.

VRSEC 156
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5404E
NETWORK PROGRAMMING
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective I
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Computer Semester end Evaluation: 70
Networks Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Apply socket API based programs. 3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1

Analyze client-server applications using TCP and 4 1.2.1, 2.5.1, 2.5.3

CO2
UDP sockets.
CO3 Analyse network programs. 4 1.2.1, 2.5.3

CO4 Apply raw sockets for network communication. 3 1.2.1, 2.5.3

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 1

CO2 3 3 1

CO3 3 3 1

CO4 3 3 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Network Programming: OSI model, Unix standards, TCP and
UDP & TCP connection establishment and Format, Buffer sizes and limitation,
standard internet services, Protocol usage by common internet application.

VRSEC 157
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Sockets : Address structures, value – result arguments, Byte ordering and

manipulation function and related functions Elementary TCP sockets – Socket,
connect, bind, listen, accept, fork and exec function, concurrent servers. Close
function and related function.

UNIT II
TCP client server : Introduction, TCP Echo server functions, Normal startup,
terminate and signal handling server process termination, Crashing and
Rebooting of server host shutdown of server host. Elementary UDP sockets:
Introduction UDP Echo server function, lost datagram, summary of UDP
example, Lack of flow control with UDP, determining outgoing interface with
UDP. I/O Multiplexing: I/O Models, select function, Batch input, shutdown
function, poll function, TCP Echo server,

UNIT -III
Socket options: getsockopt and setsockopt functions. Socket states, Generic
socket option IPV6 socket option ICMPV6 socket option IPV6 socket option
and TCP socket options. Advanced I/O Functions-Introduction, Socket
Timeouts, recv and send Functions,readv and writev Functions, recvmsg and
sendmsg Functions, Ancillary Data, How Much Data Is Queued?, Sockets and
Standard I/O, T/TCP: TCP for Transactions.

UNIT -IV
Elementary name and Address conversions: DNS, gethost by Name function,
Resolver option, Function and IPV6 support, uname function, other networking
information.
Raw Sockets: Introduction, Raw Socket Creation, Raw Socket Output, Raw
Socket Input, Ping Program, Traceroute Program, An ICMP Message Daemon,
Datalink Access-Introduction, BPF: BSD Packet Filter, DLPI: Data Link
Provider Interface, Linux: SOCK_PACKET, libpcap: Packet Capture Library,
Examining the UDP Checksum Field. Remote Login: Terminal line disciplines,
Pseudo-Terminals, Terminal modes, Control Terminals, rlogin Overview, RPC
Transparency Issues.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] UNIX Network Programming, by W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew

VRSEC 158
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

M. Rudoff, Pearson Education

[2] UNIX Network Programming, 1st Edition, -W. Richard Stevens. PHI.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1 UNIX for Programmers and Users, 3rd Edition Graham GLASS, King abls,
Pearson Education
[2] Advanced UNIX Programming 2nd Edition M. J. ROCHKIND, Pearson
Education
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 159
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5404F
OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective I
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: 20CS3303 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Operating Semester end Evaluation: 70
Systems Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basic concepts of object K1 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO1 2.5.2
oriented analysis and design.
Apply object oriented methodologies for a K3 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO2 3.5.2, 3.5.6
given application.
Apply object oriented analysis process for any K3 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO3 3.5.2, 3.5.6
given application.
Apply object oriented design process concepts K3 1.7.1, 2.5.1,
CO4 3.5.2, 3.5.6
for a given application.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3

CO2 2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 3 2

CO4 2 3 2

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 160
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
Introducing UML and UP. What is UML?, What is Unified Process?,
Requirements, Requirements Workflow, Use Case Modelling, Advanced use
case modelling,
Unit II
Analysis, The analysis workflow, Objects and Classes, Finding analysis classes,
Relationships, Inheritance and Polymorphism.
Unit III
Analysis Packages, Use Case realization, Advanced Use Case realization,
Activity Diagrams, Advanced activity Diagrams.
Unit IV
Design, The Design workflow, Design Classes, Refining analysis relationships,
Interfaces and components, Use case realization- Design, State Machines.
Implementation, The Implementation work flow, Deployment
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Jim Arlow, Ila Neustatd, UML2 and the Unified Process Second Edition,
Practical Object Oriented Analysis and Design, Addison- Wesley Publication.
2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Object Oriented Analysis Design and Implementation, An integrated
approach, Second Edition, Springer University Press.2015.
[2] R. S.Pressman, and Bruce Maxim Software Engineering A Practitioner’s
approach, Eigth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 161
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5205A
WEB PROGRAMMING
Course Category: Open Elective I Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: 20ES3102 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Java Semester end Evaluation: 70
Programming Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the concepts of Web designing K2 1.3.1, 2.1.1

Apply the concepts of HTML5 and CSS to K3 2.2.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2

CO2
design static web pages
Apply client side technologies to design K3 2.2.3, 2.2.4,
CO3 3.3.1,
interactive Web interfaces using 3.2.1, 3.2.2

Apply the concepts to Design and validate XML K3 2.2.3, 2.4.2 3.2.1,
CO4 3.2.2
Documents
Apply interactive server side scripting for a web K3 2.2.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2
CO5
application
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 3 2

CO4 2 3 3

CO5 2 3 3

VRSEC 162
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction : Concept of WWW, Internet and WWW, HTTP Protocol :
Request and Response, Web browser and Web servers, Features of Web 2.0
Web Design: Concepts of effective web design, Web design issues including
Browser, Bandwidth and Cache, Display resolution, Look and Feel of the
Website, Page Layout and linking, User centric design, Sitemap, Planning and
publishing website, Designing effective navigation
UNIT II
HTML : Basics of HTML, formatting and fonts, commenting code, color,
hyperlink, lists, tables, images, forms, XHTML, Meta tags, Character entities,
frames and frame sets, Browser architecture and Web site structure. Overview
and features of HTML5
Style sheets : Need for CSS, introduction to CSS, basic syntax and structure,
using CSS, background images, colors and properties, manipulating texts, using
fonts, borders and boxes, margins, padding lists, positioning using CSS, CSS2,
Overview and features of CSS3
UNIT III
JavaScript: Client side scripting with JavaScript, variables, functions,
conditions, loops and repetition, Pop up boxes, Advance JavaScript: Javascript
and objects, JavaScript own objects, the DOM and web browser environments,
Manipulation using DOM, forms and validations, DHTML : Combining HTML,
CSS and Javascript, Events and buttons
XML: Introduction to XML, uses of XML, simple XML, XML key
components, DTD and Schemas, Using XML with application. Transforming
XML using XSL and XSLT
UNIT IV
PHP : Introduction and basic syntax of PHP, decision and looping with
examples, PHP and HTML, Arrays, Functions, Browser control and detection,
string, Form processing, Files, Advance Features: Cookies and Sessions, Object
Oriented Programming with PHP

VRSEC 163
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

PHP and MySQL : Basic commands with PHP examples, Connection to server,
creating database, selecting a database, listing database, listing table names,
creating a table, inserting data, altering tables, queries, deleting database,
deleting data and tables, PHP myadmin and database bugs

TEXT BOOKS
Moseley, R., & Savaliya M. T. (2011). Developing Web Applications. Wiley
India Pvt. Limited.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Sklar, J. (2012). Web design principles. Course Technology Cengage
Learning.
2. Deitel, H. M., Deitel, P. J., & Nieto, T. R. (2004). Internet world wide web:
how to program. Pearson/Prentice Hall
3. Harwani, B. M. (2010). DevelopingWeb Applications in PHP and AJAX.
McGraw Hill Education.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

1. Sengupta, I. (2014, June 28). Internet Technology. NPTEL. https://nptel.ac

.in/courses/106105084. Last accessed on June 5, 2022.
2. PHP Group. (n.d.). PHP: MySQL (Original) - Manual. PHP: Hypertext
Preprocessor. https://www.php.net/manual/en/book.mysql.php. Last accessed on
May 13, 2022.

VRSEC 164
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5205B
LINUX ESSENTIALS
Course Category: Open Elective I Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: --- Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand and work confidently in Linux K2 1.6.1,1.7.1,
CO1 2.5.1
Environment
Apply the security and administration K3 1.7.1,2.5.2,2.7.1,
2.7.2,3.5.1
CO2 mechanisms for user or group management and
permissions
Apply shell scripts for solving problems K3 2.6.3,2.7.1,
CO3 2.7.2,2.8.1,2.8.2,
3.5.1,3.8.2

Analyse client/server communication using IPC K4 2.6.2,2.7.1,3.6.2,

CO4 3.6.3
mechanisms 3.8.2,3.8.3

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2

CO2 1 3 2 1 1
CO3 2 3 1 1

CO4 2 3 1 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Selecting an Operating System: What Is an OS, Investigating User interfaces.
Using Common Linux Programs: Using a Linux Desktop Environment,

VRSEC 165
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Working with Productivity Software, Using Server Programs, Managing

Programming Languages, Handling Software Packages.

UNIT II
Managing Hardware: Learning about Your CPU, Understanding Disk Issues,
Managing Displays, Handling USB Devices, Managing Drivers.
Getting to Know the Command Line: Starting a Command Line ,Running
Programs ,Using Shell Features ,Getting Help Using man Pages ,Getting Help
Using info Pages.

UNIT III
Managing Files: Navigating Files and Directories, Manipulating Files,
Manipulating Directories.
Searching, Extracting, and Archiving Data: Using Regular Expressions
Searching for and Extracting Data, Redirecting Input and Output, Archiving
Data.
Exploring Processes and Process Data: Understanding Package Management,
Understanding the Process Hierarchy, Identifying Running Processes, Using Log
Files.

UNIT IV
Creating Scripts: Beginning a Shell Script, Using Commands, Using Arguments
Using Variables, Using Conditional Expressions, Using Loops, Using Functions.
Understanding Basic Security: Understanding Accounts, Using Account Tools,
Working as root.
Managing Network Connections: Understanding Network Features,
Configuring a Network Connection, Testing Your Network Connection,
Protection.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Christine Bresnahan, Richard Blum,” Linux Essentials”, 2nd Edition,
September 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Richard Petersen, ”Linux:The Complete Reference”, 6th edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2007.
[2] Mc Kinnon, Mc Kinnon, “Installing and Administrating Linux“, 2nd edition,
Wiley, 2004.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] NDG Linux Essentials, https://www.netacad.com/courses/os-it/ndg-linux-

VRSEC 166
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

essentials last accessed on 10-02-2022.

[2] O'Reilly Network: Directory of Linux Commands
http://www.oreillynet.com/linux/cmd/ last accessed on 10-02-2022.

VRSEC 167
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5205C
FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES
Course Category: Open Elective I Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand different approaches to evaluate 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
K2 2.5.3, 2.6.3
CO1 algorithms and linear data structures - stack and
queues.
Understand different types of linked list data 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO2 K2 2.5.3, 2.6.3
structures.
Understand the operations on tree and Sorting. 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO3 K2 2.5.3, 2.6.3

Apply various design techniques of greedy and 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.1,

CO4 K3 2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
dynamic programming. 2.6.4, 2.8.4

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 168
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT 1
Introduction: Basic concepts, algorithm specification, randomized algorithm,
data abstraction, performance analysis-time complexity, space complexity,
asymptotic notations, linear and binary searches complexity analysis.
Stacks: Definition, representing stacks, ADT stack and its operations: algorithms
and their complexity analysis, Applications of stacks: expression conversion and
evaluation – corresponding algorithms. Recursion, Towers of Hanoi problem.
Queues: Queue and its sequential representation, queue as an abstract data type,
types of queue: simple queue, circular queue, operations on each types of
queues: algorithms.
UNIT II
Linked lists: Representation in memory, singly linked lists: operations and al-
gorithms, doubly linked list: operations and algorithms; circular linked lists: all
operations their algorithms.
UNIT III
Trees: Introduction: terminology, representation of trees, binary Tree, complete
binary tree, applications of binary trees, expression trees construction and
evaluation; binary tree traversals: inorder, preorder and postorder.
Sorting: Insertion sort, Shell sort, and quick sort and External sorting.
UNIT IV
Algorithm Design Techniques: Divide and Conquer: Running time of divide and
conquer approach, Greedy Algorithm: Simple scheduling Problem – Dynamic
Programming: Random number generator – Backtracking: Min max strategy.
TEXT BOOKS
[1]Horowitz Sahni and Anderson- Freed “Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C”. 2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008. (Unit I, II, and III).
[2]EllisHorowitz,SatrajSahniandRajasekharan,“FundamentalsofComputerAlgori
thms”,GalgotiaPublications Pvt. Ltd, 2008. (Unit IV)
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Richard F. Gilberg & B. A. Forouzan “Data Structures A Pseudocode
Approcah with C”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning.
[2] Thareja, R. (2011). Data structures using C (2nd ed.). Oxford University
Press, Inc..
[3] Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, “An Introduction to Data
Structures with Applications”, McGraw Hill, 1984.
[4] Thomas Cormen, C.Leiserson, R. L.Rivest & C.Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”. 3rd Edition, The MIT Press, 2009

VRSEC 169
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Dr.P.P. Chakraborty, IIT Kharagpur, May 19, 2010, Data Structures,
NPTEL,Available:www.youtube.com/ watch? v=S47aSEqm_0I
[2] Dr. Naveen Garg, IIT Delhi, Sep 24, 2008, Data Strucutres, NPTEL,
Available:http://nptel.iitm.ac.in, http://freevideolectures.com/ Course
/2279/Data-Structures-And-Algorithms
[3] Shai Simonson, Jun 16, 2014, Data Structures, NPTEL, Available:
http://nptel.ac.in/video.php? subjectId=106102064

VRSEC 170
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5205D
DATA MINING & DATA WAREHOUSING
Course Category: Open Elective I Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Data mining K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1

Apply various pre-processing techniques in Data K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1

CO2 2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
mining
Apply various schemas and operations of the K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1
CO3 Data Warehouse.
2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
3.6.1

Analyze different types of data science K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1

2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
CO4 algorithms to solve real life problems. 3.5.1, 3.6.1, 3.7.1
9.4.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1

CO2 1 3 1

CO3 1 3 2 1

CO4 1 2 3 1 1

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 171
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
Introduction to Data Mining:Why Data Mining?, What Is Data Mining?, What
Kinds of Patterns Can Be Mined?, Which Technologies Are Used?, Which
Kinds of Applications Are Targeted?, Major Issues in Data Mining.
Getting to Know your data: Data Objects and Attribute Types, Basic
Statistical Descriptions of Data, Data Visualization, Measuring Data Similarity
and Dissimilarity

UNIT II
Data Preprocessing: An Overview; Data Cleaning- Missing Values,
Noisydata;
Data Integration-Entity Identification problem, Redundancy and Correlation
Analysis;
Data Reduction- Overview of Data Reduction Strategies, Wavelet
Transformation, Principal Components Analysis; Attribute Subset selection;
Data Transformation and Data Discretization-Data Transformation Strategies
Overview, Data Transformation by Normalization, Discretization by Binning.
UNIT III
Data Warehouse Basic Concepts- What Is a Data Warehouse, Differences
between Operational Database Systems and Data Warehouses, Data
Warehousing: A Multitiered Architecture, Data Warehouse Models: Enterprise
Warehouse, Data Mart, and Virtual Warehouse, Extraction, Transformation, and
Loading, Metadata Repository
Data Warehouse Modeling: Data Cube and OLAP - Data Cube: A
Multidimensional Data Model, Stars, Snowflakes, and Fact Constellations:
Schemas for Multidimensional Data Models, Dimensions: The Role of Concept
Hierarchies, Measures: Their Categorization and Computation, Typical OLAP
Operations
UNIT IV
Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations-Market Basket Analysis: A
Motivating Example, Frequent Item sets, Closed Item sets, and Association,
Apriori Algorithm: Finding Frequent Item sets by Confined Candidate
Generation, Generating Association Rules from Frequent Item sets.
Classification:What Is Classification, Decision Tree Induction, Attribute
Selection Measures.
Cluster Analysis: What Is Cluster Analysis?, Requirements for Cluster
Analysis, k-Means Algorithm
VRSEC 172
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei , Data mining : concepts and
techniques, 2012. Third edition
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Joel Grus , Data Science from Scratch, 2019, 2nd Edition
[2] Emily Robinson and Jacqueline Nolis, Build a Career in Data Science,
Manning, 2020
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Google’s Machine Learning Crash Course, last accessed on 11-02-2022,

https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/crash-course
[2] IBM’s Machine Learning with Python, last accessed on 11-02-2022,
https://cognitiveclass.ai/courses/machine-learning-with-python

VRSEC 173
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5351
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LABATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-3
Prerequisites: 20CS3305 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
20BS3101A Total Marks: 100
Discrete
Mathematics
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Demonstrate DDL, DML and DCL statements K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO1 with integrity constraints 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
3.5.1,3.6.2,5.4.2

Design relational database and manipulate the K6 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,

CO2 same using simple and complex queries in SQL 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
3.5.1,3.6.2,5.4.2,5.5.2

Develop Entity Relationship and the K6 1.2.1, 1.7.1,

2.5.2, 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
CO3 corresponding Relational models for the given 3.5.1,3.6.2,5.4.2,5.5.2
real-world application
Illustrate database objects like Procedure, K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO4 Functions, Triggers and Package using PL/SQL 2.5.3, 2.6.3
,3.5.1,3.6.2,5.4.2

Apply transactions processing, Concurrency K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,

2.5.3, 2.6.3
CO5 control and Recovery techniques on relational ,3.5.1,3.6.2,5.4.2
database
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 2 2 1 1

CO2 1 3 3 3 1 1
CO3 1 3 3 3 1 1

CO4 1 2 2 2 1 1
CO5 1 2 2 2 2 2

VRSEC 174
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TASKS
Task 1:Execute DDL, DML and DCLCommands on the suitable database.
Task 2: Implement the following Integrity Constraints on relevant Database
a. Primary Key b. Foreign Key c. Unique
d. Not NULL e. Check
Task 3: Execute the aggregate functions like count, sum, avg etc on the suitable
database. Make use of built-in functions according to the need of database chosen.
Retrieve data from the database based on date function.
Task 4: Apply Set operations (UNION, UNION ALL, INTERSECT and MINUS),
Sub-queries,
Group by, Order by clause and Pattern Matching operators (LIKE, %, _) on fine-
tuned Database
Task 5: Implementation of different types of Joins, Views and Ranks.
Task 6: Draw ER diagram for an application with at least 3 entities and establish
relationships between them using a tool. Perform ER to Relational mapping to
derive Relational database.
Task 7: Write PL/SQL procedure for an application using exception handling for
the following
a. Predefined exceptions.
b. User defined exceptions.
Task 8: Write a PL/SQL block for transaction operations of a typical application
using triggers.
Task 9:create concurrent transactionsand obtainconcurrency control using SSMS
Task 10:Utilizing recovery management, restore the database in case a catastrophic
disk loss occurred.
(DBMS LAB PROJECT)
Design and Implement the given Database Application using the
following requirements

x Database Analysis and Design

9 Build Conceptual schema using tools
9 Apply Normalization process for relational database design
9 Relational Model Database
• Implementation:
9 Front End: Java/Perl/PHP/Python/Ruby/.net

VRSEC 175
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

9 Backend: SQL/MySQL/SQLite
9 Database Connectivity: ODBC/JDBC/Servlets
Testing: Data Validation
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, ―Fundamentals of Database
Systemsǁ,7thedition, Pearson Education Ltd, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Gordon S Linoff Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition Wiley 2016
[2] Joan Casteel, Oracle 12c:SQL, Cengage Learning ,2017
[3] J D Ullman, ―Principles of database systemsǁ, Computer Science Press, 2001.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof Arnab Bhattacharya IIT Kanpur, SQL Introduction
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104135/10
[2] Prof Arnab Bhattacharya IIT Kanpur SQL: Updates, Joins, Views and Triggers
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104135/11
[3] Geoff Allix and Graeme Malcolm: Microsoft , Querying with Transact-SQL
(edX) https://www.mooc-list.com/course/querying-transact-sql-edx

VRSEC 176
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5352
ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-3
Prerequisites: 20ES3151 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Java Semester end Evaluation: 70
Programming Lab Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,
2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO1 Create GUI application. 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,
4.6.2,5.4.2

K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,
CO2 Create distributed application. 2.6.3,2.7.1,3.5.1,3.8.2

K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO3 Develop web application 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4
3.5.1,3.8.2

K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,
2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO4 Develop enterprise application 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,
4.6.2,5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3

CO2 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
Task 1:
Create a GUI application in java using Swing components, which enter the
details of an Employee and on the submit display the details of the Employee
(Employee details is like contains name, code, address, phone, joining details,
VRSEC 177
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

blood group etc.)

Task 2:
Create a Java Swing GUI application for an electronic lock as shown below. The
display shall show the state of either "CLOSE" or "OPEN". In the "CLOSE"
state, the user types his PIN followed by the "Enter" key to unlock the system.
The display shall show an asterisk (*) for each number entered. The display shall
show "WRONG PIN" if the PIN is incorrect. The "Clear" button clears the
number entered (if any), locks the system and sets the display to "CLOSE".
Assume the methods that to be defined: public booleancheckPIN(String PIN); //
return true for correct PIN public void unlock(); // Unlock the system public void
lock(); // Lock the system

Task3:
Design Employee Database for company or Organization (Employee Personal
Details, Department, Salary (basic, DA, HRA.,) Details) and develop JDBC
based java application for following tasks:
1. Insert Records into respective table
2. Select records of particular table of database
3. Delete Records from table.
Connect GUI application to database and perform SQL commands via JDBC
API.

Task 4:
Write a client server program using TCP where client sends 10 numbers to server
program and server program responds with the numbers in ascending order to
respective client.

Task 5:
Create Application for Datagram server and Client interaction as per given
below. i] Datagram server to send a message to client. ii]Datagram client to
receive the message sent by the server. Create a simple UDP chat application

VRSEC 178
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

where client and server can chat with each other.

Task 6:
Design an RMI client/server application to implement the Bank Transactions.
RMI server provides three remotely accessible methods to perform deposit,
withdrawal and balance enquiry transactions. So that the Client can access the
methods.

Task 7:
Verify installation and setting of Web container/Web Server/Tomcat and prepare
an installation report, which contains setting of class path,server port, starting and
shutting down of server. Develop Web Application to display a greeting
message in the browser by using HttpServlet.

Task 8:
Create a simple Sign in and Signup web application using HTTPServlet class.

Task 9:
Create a simple vehicle registration form web page using servlet that receives all
the data entered by user and search for the record whether it is existed into the
database using JDBC API.

Task 10:
Create JSP to output, "Welcome to JSP world. The time now is: system current
time.”, Use a scriptlet for the complete string, including the HTML tags.

Task 11:
Create a simple JSP application for online poll application that prompts the user
to answer a question and display the results in bar graph representation.

Task 12:
Design a Web application to read Product information from user and compute the
bill amount and discount using JSP.

VRSEC 179
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Lab Projects:
1. Apply the concepts of Java Swings, JDBC Connectivity and Networking
programming to develop any real-time GUI based application. Ex. e-Shopping
cart application.
2. Apply the key concepts of Servlets, JSP and EJB to develop web based
application. Ex. interactive online-based quiz application.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Herbert Schildt, “Java The Complete Reference”, Eleventh Edition, Oracle
Press, . 2019.
[2] H. M. Deitel, P.J. Deitel, S.E. Santry, “Advanced Java 2 Platform How to
Program”, 3rd Edition, 2016, Prentice Hall Publications.
[3] Hans Bergsten, "JavaServer Pages", 3rd Edition 2017, O’Reilly Media.
[4] Christian Posta,"Microservices for Java Developers", O'Reilly Media
Inc.,September 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Paul J. Dietel and Dr.Harvey M. Deitel, “Java How to Program”, 9th Edition,
Prentice-Hall, Pearson Education, 2016.
[2] David Geary, Cay S. Horstmann “Core JavaServer Faces” Third edition,
2016, Prentice Hall.
[3] Jim Keogh, “The Complete reference to J2EE”, reprint 2017, Tata McGraw-
Hill .
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1]AbhayRedkar, JSF Developer, “Java Micro services”,

Udemy.https://www.udemy.com/topic/Microservices/
Available: Last accessed on August 2018.
[2] Prof. I. Sengupta. (14th , May, 2017), Department of Computer Science &
Engineering, I.I.T.,Kharagpur, “Internet Technologies", NPTEL videos.

VRSEC 180
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20HS5153
ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LABATORY
Course Category: Institutional Core Credits: 1
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0- 0-2
Prerequisites: 20TP4106 Continuous Evaluation: 30
English for Semester end Evaluation: 70
Professionals Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Execute rational pronunciation of speech sounds K3
CO1
including accentuation.
Apply elements of listening comprehension in K4
CO2
professional environments.
Develop the abilities of rational argumentation and skills K4
CO3
of public speaking.
Demonstrate proficiency in the elements of professional K4
CO4
communication including the competitive examination
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of
Program Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3

CO2 2 3

CO3 2 3

CO4 1 3

COURSE CONTENT/TASK
UNIT:I :Elements of Spoken Expression and processes of Listening
Comprehension:
x Speech Mechanism
x Articulation of vowels and consonants

VRSEC 181
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

x Patterns of Accentuation
Types and processes of Listening comprehension
UNIT II: : Patterns of Substantiation and Refutation in Public Speaking:
x Group Discussion(Open and Monitored)
x Pyramid Discussion
x PNI
Seminar Talk and Power Point Presentation
UNIT III: Professional Communication:
x Self Affirmation
x Advanced Composition including Memo and e-mail
x Résumé Preparation
Corporate ethic of Non-Verbal Communication
UNIT IV: Life Skills and Vocabulary for Competitive Examinations:
x Select Life Skills(50)
x Select Logies, Isms, Phobias and Manias (25 each)
x Sentence Completion and Double Unit Verbal Analogies (50 items)
Fundamentals of Syllogisms(Descriptive and Pictorial)
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Martin Cutts, Oxford Guide to Plain English, 7th Impression, OUP, 2011
[2] Exercises in Spoken English, Prepared by Department of Phonetics and
Spoken English, CIEFL, OUP, 21st Impression, 2003
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Stephen R Covey, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective people, II edition,
(Pocket Books) Simon & Schuster UK Ltd, 2004
[2] Eclectic Learning Materials offered by the Department
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] ODll Language Learner’s Software, 27-6-2012 Orell Techno Systems
[2] Visionet Spears Digital Language Lab software Advance Pro, 28-01-2015
[3] www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk, British National Corpus accessed on 28-11-2017

VRSEC 182
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20TP5106
PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
Course Category: Soft Skills - 3 Credits: 1
Course Type: Learning by Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-2
Doing
Prerequisites: 20TP4106 Continuous Evaluation: 100
English for Semester end Evaluation: 0
Professionals Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the corporate etiquette K2
Make presentations effectively with appropriate body K3
CO2
language
CO3 Be composed with positive attitude. K3
Understand the core competencies to succeed in professional K2
CO4
and personal life.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of
Program Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3
CO2 2 3
CO3 3
CO4 2 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Analytical Thinking and Communication Skills: Self-Introduction, Shaping
Young Minds - A Talk by Azim Premji (Listening Activity), Self–Analysis,
Developing Positive Attitude, Perception; Verbal Communication, Non Verbal
Communication (Body Language)
UNIT II
Self-Management Skills and Etiquette: Anger Management, Stress Management,

VRSEC 183
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Time Management, Six Thinking Hats, Team Building, Leadership Qualities;

Social Etiquette, Business Etiquette, Telephone Etiquette, Dining Etiquette
UNIT III
Standard Operation Methods and Verbal Ability: Note Making, Note Taking,
Minutes Preparation, Email Letter Writing; Synonyms, Antonyms, One Word
Substitutes-Correction of Sentences-Analogies, Spotting Errors, Sentence Comple-
tion, Course of Action -Sentences Assumptions, Sentence Arguments, Reading
Comprehension, Practice work
UNIT IV
Career-Oriented Skills: Group Discussion, Mock Group Discussions, Resume
Preparation, Interview Skills, Mock Interviews
METHODOLOGY
Audio—Visuals / Hand Outs (Compiled/Created by Training Division, T&P Cell,
VR Siddhartha Engineering College), Board & Chalk and Interactive Sessions.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Mitra, B. K. (2011). Personality development and soft skills (Vol. 156). Oxford
University Press.
2. Dhanavel, S. P. (2011). English and Soft Skills. Orient Blackswan Pvt Limited.
3. Aggarwal, R. S. (2018). A Modern Approach to Vernbal & Non Verbal
Reasoning.
S. Chand.
4. Meenakshi, R. & Sharma, S. (2011). Technical Communication Principles and
Practice. Oxford University Press.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIALS
1. Aptitude Questions and Answers. (n.d.). IndiaBIX. https://www.indiabix.com
/. Last accessed on June 5, 2022.
2. Placement Papers of all IT Companies. (n.d.). Freshersworld. https://placem
ent.freshersworld.com/placement-papers. Last accessed on June 5, 2022.

VRSEC 184
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5354
ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR COMMUNITY SERVICES
Course Category: Project Credits: 1.5
Work/Internship
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-3
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Identify the Societal problems.
CO2 Solve the problems.
CO3 Design of the problem/work plan.
CO4 Design of the prototype/model.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 2 2

CO2 3 1 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 2

CO4 1 3 2 2

The students may register

EPICS: Engineering Project for community services will be carried out during
summer vacation for a period of six weeks after IV Semester and the report shall
be submitted in V Semester. Students will go to the society (Villages/
Hospitals/Towns, etc,.) to identify the problem and survey the literature for a
feasible solution. The student(s) is encouraged to solve real life problems leading
to innovative model building.. This can be done in a group of students or as an
VRSEC 185
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

individual.

VRSEC 186
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS5607
INDUSTRY STANDARD CODING PRACTICE – II
Course Category: Skill Oriented Credits: 1
Course - 2
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 1-0-2
Prerequisites: 20CS4607 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Industry Semester end Evaluation: 70
Standard coding Total Marks: 100
practice-1
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Able to understand test and development aspects of programming by
CO1
solving problems at Industry standards.
Able to interpret any given problem using required domain skills,
CO2
mathematics.
Able to learn and apply methods to optimize solutions for any given
CO3
problem.
Able to solve problems using elementary data structures with test driven
CO4 development

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 1

CO2 3 2 2

CO3 1 2 3 3

CO4 2 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 187
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
Problem solving through Competitive Coding, Problem solving using control
structures, Numeric series and patterns, Code Complexity analysis, Linear/
Logarithmic/ Super linear/ Polynomial/ Exponential/ Factorial Algorithms,
Problem solving on rotations of data, Problem solving on Order statistic problems,
Problem Solving Examples Problem solving on matrix data, Memory manipulation
techniques using pointers. Memory Arithmetic, Problem solving implementing
pointer to an array, Memory Layout, overcoming the segmentation faults, Runtime
memory allocation, Coding comparisons of Linear list data structure and Pointers,
examples and Practice problems.

UNIT II
Problem solving on string data, Problem solving on String manipulations, coding
problems using string handling functions, Problem solving on Multi-String
Problems, Problem Solving for long strings, Examples, Practice problems.
Problem solving using modular programming, Inter module communications,
scopes of data in the code, Problem solving approaches using recursions,
Evaluation of Recursive algorithms, Significance of mathematical Recurrence
Relations, Evaluation of recurrence relations, Time Analysis, Examples, Practice
problems.

UNIT III
Problem solving on operational and traversal logics on linked lists, Problem
solving to compare linked lists, detection of a cycle/merge point, Merging sorted
linked lists, coding problems on circular linked lists/Double linked lists, Examples,
Practice problems. Problem Solving Problem solving through Linked list coding,
traversals, Problem solving to compare linked lists, detection of a cycle/merge
point, Merging sorted linked lists, Circular linked list formation, Double linked list
formation, Examples, Practice problems.

UNIT IV
Problem solving through testing, implementing various testing approaches: Test
strategy, Test development, Test execution, Bug fixing, Examples, Practice
problems, Problem solving Methods and techniques. Understanding the problem as
math abstract, formation of the logic, Identifying the corner cases, Examples,
Practice problems, Version control systems, Git repositories and working trees,
adding new version of the files to a Git repository, Examples, practice problems.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Halim, Steven and Halim, Felix, Competitive Programming 3, 2013.
[2] Ahmed Shamsul Arefin, Art of Programming Contest, ACMSolver, Second
Edition, 2012

VRSEC 188
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Programming Challenges: The Programming Contest Training Manual By
Steven S Skiena, Miguel A. Revilla
[2] Guide to Competitive Programming: Learning and Improving Algorithms
Through Contests By Antti Laaksonen
E- RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Topcoder tutorials - https://www.topcoder.com/community/data-science/data-
science-tutorials/
[2] Nite Nimajneb’s site - http://comscigate.com/Books/contests/icpc.pdf
[3] Slides from a Stanford Course - http://web.stanford.edu/class/cs97si/
[4] Halim, Steven and Halim, Felix, Competitive Programming 3, 2013. Ebook
available at lulu.com. Site associate with with the book is http://cpbook.net

VRSEC 189
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20MC5108A
BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS
Course Category: Humanities Credits: -
Elective
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Describe the fundamental Principles and methods of engineering
CO2 Identify the functions of different types in bio-molecules
Describe mechanisms underlying the working of molecular biological
CO3 processes including enzyme catalysis, metabolic pathways, gene
expression.
Use Excel, MATLAB and other computational tools to quantitatively
CO4
analyze biological processes.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3

CO2 3

CO3 2 3

CO4 1 2 3

COURSE CONTENT
Unit-I Introduction and Classification of Living organisms
Introduction:
Fundamental differences between science and engineering by drawing a
comparison between eye and camera, Bird flying and aircraft. Biology as an

VRSEC 190
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

independent scientific discipline. Discuss how biological observations of 18th

Century that lead to major discoveries. Examples from Brownian motion and the
origin of thermodynamics by referring to the original observation of Robert Brown
and Julius Mayor.
Classification:
Classification of living organisms based on (a) Cellularity- Unicellular or
multicellular (b) Ultrastructure- prokaryotes or eukaryotes. (c) Energy and Carbon
utilization -Autotrophs, heterotrophs, lithotrophs (d) Ammonia excretion –
aminotelic, uricotelic, ureotelic (e) Habitat- acquatic, terrestrial (e) Molecular
taxonomy- three major kingdoms of life.

Unit-II Biomolecules and Enzymes

Biomolecules:
Biomolecules: Structures of sugars(Glucose and Fructose), starch and cellulose.
Nucleotides and DNA/RNA. Amino acids and lipids. Proteins- structure and
functions- as enzymes, transporters, receptors and structural elements.
Enzymes:
Enzyme classification. Mechanism of enzyme action.
Enzyme kinetics and kinetic parameters.
Unit-III Genetics and Gene information Transfer
Genetics:
“Genetics is to biology what Newton’s laws are to Physical Sciences” Mendel’s
laws, Concept of segregation and independent assortment. Concept of allele.
Concepts of recessiveness and dominance. Gene interaction, Epistasis. Meiosis and
Mitosis be taught as a part of genetics. Emphasis to be give not to the mechanics of
cell division nor the phases but how genetic material passes from parent to
offspring.
Information Transfer:
DNA as a genetic material. Hierarchy of DNA structure- from single stranded to
double helix to nucleosomes. Concept of genetic code. Universality and
degeneracy of genetic code. Define gene in terms of complementation and
recombination.

Unit-IV Metabolism and Microbiology

Metabolism:

VRSEC 191
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Exothermic and endothermic versus endergonic and exergoinc reactions. Concept

of Keq and its relation to standard free energy. ATP as an energy currency.
Breakdown of glucose to CO2 + H2O (Glycolysis and Krebs cycle) and synthesis
of glucose from CO2 and H2O (Photosynthesis). Energy yielding and energy
consuming reactions.
Microbiology:
Concept of single celled organisms. Concept of species and strains. Identification
and classification of microorganisms. Growth kinetics. Ecological aspects of single
celled organisms. Microscopy.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Biology: A global approach: Campbell, N. A.; Reece, J. B.; Urry, Lisa; Cain,
M, L.; Wasserman, S. A.; Minorsky, P. V.; Jackson, R. B. Pearson Education
Ltd
[2] Outlines of Biochemistry, Conn, E.E; Stumpf, P.K; Bruening, G; Doi, R.H.,
John Wiley and Sons
[3] Principles of Biochemistry (V Edition), By Nelson, D. L.; and Cox, M. M.W.H.
Freeman and Company
[4] Molecular Genetics (Second edition), Stent, G. S.; and Calender, R.W.H.
Freeman and company, Distributed by Satish Kumar Jain for CBS Publisher,
Microbiology, Prescott, L.M J.P. Harley and C.A. Klein 1995. 2nd edition
Wm, C. Brown Publishers
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1]https://bee.cals.cornell.edu/sites/bee.cals.cornell.edu/files/shared/documents/Car
eer_Bee_Final-for-Web.pdf
[2] https://www.teachengineering.org/subjectareas

VRSEC 192
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER VI

VRSEC 193
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6301
Machine Learning
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Core
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3 - 0 - 0
Prerequisites: 20CS4302 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Advanced Data Semester end Evaluation: 70
Structures and Total Marks: 100
Algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts of K2 1.2.1, 1.6.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.3
CO1 computational intelligence in machine
learning
Apply dimensionality reduction K3 1.2.1, 1.6.1, 1.7.1, 2.6.2,
CO2 2.6.4,2.7.2, 3.6.2,4.4.2
techniques for feature selection
Apply appropriate machine learning K3 1.2.1, 1.6.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
2.6.3, 2.6.4, 2.7.2,3.6.1, 3.6.2
CO3 techniques to address the real time , 4.4.2, 4,6,1, 5.4.2
problems
Analyze ensemble models to solve K4 1.2.1, 1.6.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2,
CO4 classification problems 2.6.3, 2.6.4, 2.7.2,3.6.1, 3.6.2
,4.4.2, 4,6,1, 5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 1

CO2 2 2 2 1 1

CO3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2

CO4 1 2 2 2 2 1 2

VRSEC 194
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
Unit I
Introduction to Machine Learning: Introduction. Different types of learning,
Examples of Machine Learning Applications
Supervised Learning: Learning a Class from Examples, Probably Approximately
Correct Learning, Learning multiple classes, Model selection and generalization
Regression: Linear regression, Multiple Linear regression, Logistic Regression
Dimensionality reduction : Feature Selection, subset selection, Principal
Component Analysis, Linear Discriminant Analysis

UNIT II
Decision tree learning: Introduction, Decision tree representation, appropriate
problems for decision tree learning, the basic decision tree algorithm, issues in
decision tree learning
Artificial Neural Networks – Neural network representation, Appropriate
problems for neural network learning, Perceptrons: Gradient descent and the Delta
rule, Multilayer networks and the back propagation algorithm
Basics of Sampling theory: Error Estimation and Estimating Binomial
Proportions, The Binomial Distribution, Mean and Variance, Estimators, Bias, and
Variance, Confidence Intervals

UNIT III
Bayesian learning: Introduction , Bayes Theorem, Naïve Bayes Classifier, Bayes
optimal classifier, Bayesian Belief networks, Conditional independence, Learning
Bayesian belief networks
Parametric Methods: Maximum Likelihood Estimation
Non paramteric methods: K nearest neighbor
Support Vector Machine: Introduction, Optimal Separating Hyperplane , The
Nonseparable Case: Soft Margin Hyperplane , Defining Kernels

UNIT IV
Ensembles: Introduction, Bagging and Boosting, Random forest
Clustering: Introduction, K-means clustering, Expectation maximization
algorithm, Hierarchical clustering, Density based clustering: DBSCAN, Choosing
the Number of Clusters
Algorithm evaluation methods: Classification Accuracy, Confusion Matrix
TEXT BOOKS
1. Alpaydin, Ethem. Introduction to machine learning. MIT press, 2020.
2. Machine Learning. Tom Mitchell. First Edition, McGraw- Hill, 1997.

VRSEC 195
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Stephen Marsland, “Machine learning An algorithmic Perspective”, Second
Edition, CRC Press,2015
2. Jiawei Han, Jian Pei, Hanghang Tong, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques,
fourth edition, Elsevier Science, 2022
3. Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT Press,
2012.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
1. Prof. Balaraman Ravindran, Introduction to Machine Learning
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs29/preview last accessed on 20-12-2022
2. Andrew Ng, Machine Learning Specialization
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/machine-learning-introduction last
accessed on 20-12-2022

VRSEC 196
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6302
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Computer Semester end Evaluation: 70
Networks Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand fundamental principles of security K2 1.7.1, 2.6.4
CO1
and symmetric encryption
Apply asymmetric encryption techniques and K3 1.7.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.4,
CO2 3.6.2
Cryptographic Hash functions
Apply Authentication applications and Transport K3 1.7.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.4
CO3 Layer Security mechanisms
Understand the protocols for network security K2 1.7.1, 2.5.3, 2.6.3,
CO4 3.6.2, 5.4.2
and methods to safeguard the network
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3
CO2 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 2

COURSE CONTENT
Unit I:
Overview: Security attacks, Services, A model for network security; Basics of
Cryptography, Cryptanalysis. Symmetric cipher model.

VRSEC 197
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Classical encryption techniques: Substitution Techniques: Caesar Cipher,

Mono alphabet Cipher, Playfair Cipher Transposition Techniques: Rail Fence,
Row & Column Transposition,
Block Cipher: Stream and Block Cipher, DES, Strength of DES, AES
Block cipher Operations: Multiple Encryption, ECM, CBC, CFM, OFM, CTR
Unit II:
Number Theory: Prime Numbers, Fermat's theorem, Euler's Theorem
Public Key Cryptography: Principles of Public Key Crypto System, RSA
algorithm, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Problems, Elliptic Curve
Cryptography
Cryptographic Hash Functions: Applications-Message Authentication,
Digital signatures, SHA- 512 Logic, Round Functions
Unit III:
Key Management and Distribution: Distribution of Public Keys, X.509
Certificates,
User Authentication: Kerberos: Motivation, Kerberos Version 4, Kerberos
Version 5
Transport Level Security: Web Security Threats, Web Traffic Security
Approaches.
Transport Layer Security: TLS - TLS Architecture, Record Protocol,
Change Cipher Spec Protocol, Alert Protocol, Handshake Protocol,
Cryptographic Computations
HTTPS: Connection Initiation, Connection Closure
Unit IV:
Email Security: S/MIME - Operational Description, S/MIME Message Content
Types, Approved Cryptographic Algorithms, PGP
IP Security: Overview: Applications, Benefits, IPsec Documents, IPsec
Services, Transport and Tunnel Modes, Encapsulating Security Payload -
ESP Format, Encryption and Authentication Algorithms, Padding, Anti-Replay
Service, Transport and Tunnel Modes
Malicious Software: Types – Viruses, Backdoor, Logic Bomb, Trojan Horses
Firewalls: The Need for Firewalls, Characteristics, Types of Firewalls - Packet
Filtering Firewall, Stateful Inspection Firewalls, Application-Level, Gateway
Circuit-Level Gateway, Firewall Basing- Bastion Host, Host-Based Firewalls,
Personal Firewall.

VRSEC 198
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice”. 4th & 7th Editions, Pearson Education, 2017.
[2] Rick Lehtinen, G.T. Gangemi, "Computer Security Basics", 2nd Edition,
O’Reilly Publishers, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Behrouz A. Forouzan and Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, "Cryptography and
Network Security", 2ndEdition, 2012
[2] J. Katz and Y. Lindell, “Introduction to Modern Cryptography”, CRC
Press, 2008
[3] Bernard Menezes, “Network Security and Cryptography”, CENGAGE
Learning, 2010
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] NPTEL Course Cryptography and Network Security, IIT Kharagpur,
available @ https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105162, accessed on 3rdJanuary 2023
[2] Network and Computer Security - MIT OpenCourseWare,available
@https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-857-network-and-computer-security-spring-
2014/pages/lecture-notes-and-readings/ ,accessed on 3rd January 2023

VRSEC 199
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6303
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 2
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the different software engineering K2 1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO1 2.5.2, 2.6.4,2.7.1
process models.
Apply analysis model for any given application K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.7.1,
CO2 3.5.1,3.5.2,3.5.6

1.7.1,2.5.1,2.6.4
CO3 Apply design model for any given application K3
3.5.1,3.8.1
1.7.1,2.5.1,2.6.4,
CO4 Apply different testing techniques K3
3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 2 2

CO2 2 2 3 1 2

CO3 2 2 3 1 2

CO4 2 2 3 1 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
The Nature of Software: The Nature of Software, The changing nature of
software.
Software engineering: The Software Process, Software Engineering Practice,

VRSEC 200
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Software Development Myths.

The Software Process: Software Process Structure. A Generic Process Model,
Defining a framework activity, identifying a task set, Process patterns, Process
Assessment and Improvement.
Process models: Prescriptive Process Models, Specialized Process Models, The
Unified Process, Personal and Team Process Models.
Agile Development: What Is Agility? Agility and the Cost of Change, What Is
an Agile Process? Extreme Programming (XP) Other Agile Process Models, A
Tool Set for the Agile Process.
UNIT II
Understanding Requirements: Requirements Engineering, Establishing the
Groundwork, Eliciting Requirements, Developing Use Cases, Building the
Analysis Model, Negotiating Requirements, Requirements monitoring, and
Validating Requirements.
Requirements Modelling: Scenario Based Methods: Requirements Analysis,
Scenario-Based Modelling, UML Models That Supplement the Use Case.
Requirements Modelling: Class based methods, Identifying Analysis classes,
Specifying attributes, Defining operators, Class-Responsibility-Collaborator
Modelling, Associates and Dependencies, Analysis Packages
Requirements Modelling: Behaviour, Patterns, And Web apps: Creating a
Behavioural Model, Identifying events with Use Cases, State Representations,
Patterns for Requirements Modelling, Requirements Modelling for Web and
Mobile Apps.

UNIT III
Design Concepts: Design within the Context of Software Engineering, the
Design Process, Design Concepts, the Design Model.
Architectural Design: Software Architecture, Architectural Genres,
Architectural Styles, Architectural Considerations, Architectural Decisions,
Architectural Design.
Component-Level Design: What Is a Component? Designing Class-Based
Components, Conducting Component Level Design, and Component level design
for Web Apps, Component Level Design for Mobile Apps.
User Interface Design: The Golden Rules, User Interface Analysis and Design,
Interface Analysis, Interface Design Steps, Webapp and Mobile Interface Design.

VRSEC 201
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT IV
Software Testing Strategies: A Strategic Approach to Software Testing,
Strategic Issues, Test Strategies for Conventional Software, Test Strategies for
Object-Oriented Software, Test Strategies for WebApps, Test Strategies for
MobileApps, Validation testing, System testing, the art of debugging.
Testing Conventional Applications: Software Testing Fundamentals, Internal
and External Views of Testing, White Box Testing, Basis Path Testing, Control
Structure Testing, Black-Box Testing.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Roger S. Pressman, Bruce R.Maxim, "Software Engineering a practitioners
approach" 8th edition, McGraw-Hill Publication 2019
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Ian Somerville, “Software Engineering”. 9th ed, Pearson Education. 2011.
[2] Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri and Dino Mandrioli, “Fundamentals of
Software Engineering”.2 ed, PHI. 2009
[3] RajibMall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering. 3 ed, PHI. 2009.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Lecture Series on Software Engineering by Prof.N.L. Sarda, Prof. Umesh
Bellur,Prof.R.K.Joshi and Prof.Shashi Kelkar, Department of Computer Science
& Engineering ,IIT Bombay https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101061/2
[2] Software Engineering By Dr. B. LAVANYA, Assistant Professor |
University of Madras
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_cs07/preview.
[3] Software Engineering Basics
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sB2iQSvrcG0

VRSEC 202
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6404A
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective 2
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: 20CS4302 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Advanced Data Semester end Evaluation: 70
Structures and Total Marks: 100
Algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the techniques and applications of K2 1.2.1,1.6.1,1.7.1,2.5.2
CO1
Artificial Intelligence.
Apply rules to represent knowledge of real world K3 1.2.1,1.6.1,1.7.1,2.5.2,
CO2 2.6.4,3.5.1
problems
Analyze filler structures for different sentences K4 1.2.1,1.6.1,1.7.1,2.5.2,
2.7.1,3.5.1
CO3 and know the concepts of Natural Language
Processing.
Apply the key aspects of Expert Systems and K3 1.2.1,1.6.1,1.7.1,2.5.2,
2.6.4,2.7.1,3.5.1
CO4 apply the concepts of Connectionist Models for
complex problems
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 1 1

CO2 1 2 3 1 1

CO3 1 2 3 1 1

CO4 1 2 3 1 1

VRSEC 203
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Problems, Problem Spaces And Search: Defining the Problem as a State space
Search, Production Systems, Problem Characteristics, Production system
characteristics
Heuristic Search Techniques: Generate-and-test, Hill Climbing, Best-First
Search, Problem Reduction, Constraint Satisfaction, Means-Ends Analysis.

UNIT II
Knowledge Representation Issues: Representations and Mappings, Approaches
to Knowledge Representation, Issues in Knowledge Representation.
Using Predicate Logic: Representing Simple Facts in logic, Representing Instance
and IS-a Relationships, Computable Functions and Predicates, Resolution
Representing Knowledge Using Rules - Procedural versus Declarative
Knowledge, Logic Programming, Forward versus Backward Reasoning, Matching,
Control Knowledge.

UNIT III
Weak Slot-and-Fillers Structures: Semantic Nets, Frames
Strong Slot-and- Fillers Structures: Conceptual Dependency, Scripts.
Natural Language Processing: Introduction, syntactic processing, Semantic
analysis, Discourse and pragmatic processing

UNIT IV
Connectionist Models: Introduction: Hopfield Networks, Learning in Neural
Networks, Applications of Neural Networks.
Expert Systems: Representing and Using Domain Knowledge, Expert System
Shells, Explanation, Knowledge Acquisition

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Rich, E., Knight, K., & Nair, S. B. (2008). Artificial Intelligence (3rd ed.).
TataMcGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] Winston, P. H. (1992). Artificial intelligence (3rd ed.). Addison-Wesley

VRSEC 204
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

LongmanPublishing Co., Inc..

[2] Russell, S., & Norvig, P. (2009). Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach
(3rded.). Prentice-Hall.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Basu, A., & Sarkar, S. (2014, June 29). Artificial Intelligence. NPTEL.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077.(Last accessed on June 2, 2022.)
[2] Hashimoto, T. (n.d.). CS221: Artificial Intelligence: Principles and
Techniques.Stanford University.
https://stanford-cs221.github.io/spring2022/.(Lastaccessed on June 2, 2022.)

VRSEC 205
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6404B
PROGRAMMING FOR DATA SCIENCE
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective 2
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: 20CS5301 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Database Semester end Evaluation: 70
Management Total Marks: 100
Systems
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the fundamentals of Data Science K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1
CO1
concepts
Apply various pre-processing techniques in Data K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1
CO2 2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
Science
Apply various schemas and operations of the K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1
CO3 Data Warehouse. 2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1,
3.6.1

Analyze different types of data science K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1

2.5.2, 2.6.4,
CO4 algorithms to solve real life problems. 2.8.1,3.5.1, 3.6.1,
3.7.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1
CO2 1 3 1
CO3 1 3 2 1
CO4 1 2 3 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction: AI, Machine Learning and Data Science;
What is data Science: Extracting Meaningful patterns, Building representative

VRSEC 206
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

models, Combination of statistics, Machine learning and Computing, learning

algorithms, Associated fields.
Case for Data Science: Volume, Dimensions, Complex Questions; Data Science
Classification; Data Science Algorithms
Getting to Know your Data: Data Objects and Attribute Types, Basic Statistical
Descriptions of Data, Data Visualization, Measuring Data Similarity and
Dissimilarity
UNIT II
Data Preprocessing: An Overview; Data Cleaning- Missing Values, Noisydata;
Data Integration-Entity Identification problem, Redundancy and Correlation
Analysis;
Data Reduction- Overview of Data Reduction Strategies, Wavelet
Transformation, Principal Components Analysis; Attribute Subset selection;
Data Transformation and Data Discretization-Data Transformation Strategies
Overview, Data Transformation by Normalization, Discretization by Binning.
UNIT III
Data Warehouse Basic Concepts- What Is a Data Warehouse, Differences
between Operational Database Systems and Data Warehouses, Data Warehousing:
A Multitiered Architecture, Data Warehouse Models: Enterprise Warehouse, Data
Mart, and Virtual Warehouse, Extraction, Transformation, and Loading, Metadata
Repository
Data Warehouse Modeling: Data Cube and OLAP - Data Cube: A
Multidimensional Data Model, Stars, Snowflakes, and Fact Constellations:
Schemas for Multidimensional Data Models, Dimensions: The Role of Concept
Hierarchies, Measures: Their Categorization and Computation, Typical OLAP
Operations
UNIT IV
Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations-Market Basket Analysis: A Motivating
Example, Frequent Item sets, Closed Item sets, and Association, Apriori
Algorithm: Finding Frequent Item sets by Confined Candidate Generation,
Generating Association Rules from Frequent Item sets.
Classification :What Is Classification, Decision Tree Induction, Attribute
Selection Measures.
Cluster Analysis: What Is Cluster Analysis?, Requirements for Cluster Analysis,
k-Means Algorithm

VRSEC 207
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Vijay Kotu and Bala Deshpande, Data Science concepts and Practice, 2019,
Second Edition
[2] Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei , Data mining : concepts and
techniques, 2012. Third edition
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Joel Grus , Data Science from Scratch, 2019, 2nd Edition
[2] Emily Robinson and Jacqueline Nolis, Build a Career in Data Science,
Manning, 2020
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Google’s Machine Learning Crash Course, last accessed on 11-02-2022,
https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/crash-course
[2] IBM’s Machine Learning with Python, last accessed on 11-02-2022,
https://cognitiveclass.ai/courses/machine-learning-with-python

VRSEC 208
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6404C
INTERNET OF THINGS
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective 2
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-2
Prerequisites: 20CS3304 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Digital logic and Semester end Evaluation: 70
Computer Design Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the design concepts and applications K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1
CO1
of Internet of Things
Understand different Standards and Key K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1
CO2
Technologies in IoT.
Apply the steps of the design methodology in K3 2.7.1,2.7.2,3.6.2
CO3
developing IoT applications using Raspberry Pi
Understand the Privacy ,security and K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1 ,5.4.1
CO4
Vulnerabilities of internet of Things
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2

CO2 2 1 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 1 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Internet of things: Introduction, Physical design of IoT, Logical
Design of IoT, IoT Enabling technologies, IoT levels & Deployment templates.

VRSEC 209
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Domain Specific IoTs – Home Automation, Cities, Environment, Energy, Retail,

Logistics, Agriculture, Industry, Health and Lifestyle

UNIT II
IoT and M2M: Introduction, M2M, Difference between IoT and M2M, SDN and
NFV for IoT
IoT Platforms Design Methodology: Introduction, IoT Design Methodology,
Case Study on IoT System for Weather Monitoring.
UNIT III
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints – What is an IoT Device, Introduction to
Raspberry Pi, Board, Linux on Raspberry Pi, Raspberry Pi Interfaces (serial, SPI,
I2C)
Programming Raspberry PI with Python – Controlling LED with Pi, Interfacing
LED and Switch with Pi, Interfacing a light sensor/LDR with Pi.
UNIT IV
IoT Privacy, Security and Vulnerabilities Solutions: Vulnerabilities, Security
Requirements and Threat Analysis – Privacy, Vulnerabilities of IoT, Security
Requirements, Threat Analysis, IoT Security Tomography and Layered Attacker
TEXT BOOKS

[1]Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-

onApproach)”, 1st Edition, University Press Private Limited, 2017
[2] Raj Kamal, “Internet of Things, Architecture and Design Principles” 1st
Edition, McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace, “Getting Started with Raspberry Pi”,
O'Reilly (SPD), 2014
[2] David Hanes, “IOT FUNDAMENTALS” 1ST Edition, CISCO PRESS, 2018

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Prof. Sudip Misra, IIT Kharagpur “Introduction to Internet of things”
Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/
[2] Prof. T V Prabhakar, IISc Bangalore “Design for Internet of things” [Web
Content]. Available:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108098/

VRSEC 210
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6404D
SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective II
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Computer Continuous Evaluation: 30
Networks: Semester end Evaluation: 70
20CS4304 Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the evolution of Software Defined
CO1 Networks K2 1.7.1, 2.7.2, 3.6.1

Apply various components of SDN architecture

CO2 and make use of it K3 1.6.1, 2.7.1, 5.5.1

CO3 Apply SDN in the current networking scenario K3 1.2.2, 4.5.1, 5.4.1

Apply SDN and NFV applications in various use

CO4 cases K3 1.2.2, 3.8.1, 5.6.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 3 2

CO2 1 2 3 1 1

CO3 1 3 2 2

CO4 1 2 3 1 3

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 211
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION
Introduction: Historical Background, The Modern Data Center, Traditional
Switch Architecture.
Why SDN: Evolution of Switches and Control Planes, SDN Implications for
Research and Innovation, Data Center Innovation, Data Center Needs.
How SDN Works: Fundamental Characteristics of SDN, SDN Operation, SDN
Devices, SDN Controller, SDN Applications, Alternate SDN Methods.
UNIT II: OPEN FLOW & SDN CONTROLLERS
Open Flow Specification: OpenFlow Overview, OpenFlow 1.0 and OpenFlow
Basics, OpenFlow Additions (1.1, 1.2, 1.3), OpenFlow Limitations.
Alternative Definition of SDN: Potential Drawbacks of Open SDN, SDN via
APIs, SDN via Hypervisor-Based Overlays, SDN via Opening Up the Device,
Network Functions Virtualization.
SDN Controllers: General Concepts, VMware, Nicira, VMware/Nicira,
OpenFlow-Related, Mininet, NOX/POX, Trema, Ryu, Big Switch
Networks/Floodlight.
UNIT III: SDN IN DATA CENTER AND OTHER ENVIRONMENTS
Data Center Concepts and Constructs: Introduction, Multitenant Data Center,
Virtualized Multitenant Data Center, SDN Solutions for the Data Center
Network.
SDN in Data Center: Data Center Definition, Data Center Demands, Tunneling
Technologies, Path Technologies, Ethernet Fabrics, SDN Use Cases, Open SDN
versus Overlays, Real-World Data Center Implementations.
SDN in Other Environments: Wide Area Networks, Service Provider and
Carrier Networks, Campus Networks, Hospitality Networks, Mobile Networks,
In-Line Network Functions, Optical Networks, SDN vs. P2P/Overlay Networks.
UNIT IV: SDN APPLICATIONS AND NETWORK FUNCTION
VIRTUALIZATION
SDN Applications: Reactive versus Proactive Applications, Analyzing Simple
SDN Applications, A Simple Reactive Java Application, Background on
Controllers, Using Floodlight Controller - OpenDaylight Controller - Cisco
XNC Controller - Hewlett-Packard Controller, Switch Considerations, Creating
Network Virtualization Tunnels, Offloading Flows in the Data Center, Access
Control for the Campus, Traffic Engineering for Service Providers.

VRSEC 212
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Network Function Virtualization: Virtualization and Data Plane I/O, Services

Engineered Path, Service Locations and Chaining, NFV at ETSI, Non-ETSI
NFV Work.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, Software Defined Networks: A
Comprehensive Approach, First Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.
[2] Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray, SDN: Software Defined Networks, O'Reilly
Media, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Siamak Azodolmolky, Software Defined Networking with Open Flow,
Packet Publishing, 2013.
[2] Vivek Tiwari, SDN and Open Flow for Beginners, Amazon Digital Services,
Inc., 2013.
[3] Fei Hu, Editor, Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN: Principles
and Design, CRC Press, 2014.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Dr. Nick Feamster Software Defined Networking, last accessed on 10-02-
2022, https://www.coursera.org/learn/sdn
[2] Software Defined Networking, https://www.coursera.org/learn/sdn

VRSEC 213
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6404E
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING FOR GAMES
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective 2
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: 20ES3102 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Java Semester end Evaluation: 70
Programming Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand advanced concepts in game design K2 1.6.1,3.5.6,5.4.1
CO1
and development.
Understand the architecture of Game K2 1.7.1,3.8.3,5.4.2
CO2
Programming
Apply scripting on game using Lua K3 3.8.2,5.5.2
CO3
programming.
Apply 3D Game graphics, sound and AI on K3 1.7.1,5.5.2
CO4
Gamming
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2

CO2 1 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3

CO4 2 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT 1
Game Architecture - Applying the Game Architecture, Application Layer, Game
Logic, Game view for human player, Networked Game Architecture

VRSEC 214
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Coding – General coding styles, smart code design practices, smart pointers and
naked pointers, Using memory correctly
Building Your Game – Creating a Project, Source Code Repositories and Version
Control, Building the Game, Creating Build Scripts

UNIT 2
Game Actors and Component Architecture - Component Architecture, Creating
Actors and Components, Defining Actors and Components, Storing and Accessing
Actors, Data Sharing
Controlling the Main Loop - Organizing the Main Loop Hard – Coded Updates
Multithreaded Main Loops
A Hybrid Technique, A Simple Cooperative Multitasker, Using the DirectX 11
Framework
Loading and Caching Game Data - Game Resources: Formats and Storage
Requirements, Resource Files, The Resource Cache

UNIT 3
Programming Input Devices - Getting the Device State, Using Xinut or
DirectInput, Working with Two-Axis Controls, Working with a Game Controller,
Working with the Keyboard
Game Event Management - Game Events, Importance of Game Events,
Distinguishing Events from Processes
Scripting with Lua - Brief History of Game Programming Languages, Using a
Scripting Language, Scripting Languge Integration Strategies, A crash course in
Lua,Object Oriented Programming in Lua, Memory Management, Binding Lua to
C++,LuaPlus

UNIT 4
Game Audio - How Sound Works, Game Sound System Architecture, Technical
Hurdles
3D Graphics Basics - 3D Graphics Pipeline,3D Math 101, C++ Math Classes
An Introduction to Game AI - AI Techniques, Finite – State Machines, Decision
Trees, Fuzzy Logic, Utility Theory, Goal –Oriented Action Planning, Path Finding
TEXT BOOKS

[1] Mike McShaffry and David Graham, Game Coding Complete, Course
Technology PTR, 4th Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS
VRSEC 215
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[1] Goldstone, Will. Unity game development essentials. Packt Publishing Ltd,
2009.
[2] Zapušek, Matej, and Jože Rugelj. "Learning programming with serious
games." EAI Endorsed Transactions on Serious Games 1.1 (2013).
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Game Development – Advanced Programming,
https://academics.sheridancollege.ca/programs/game-development-advanced-
programming

VRSEC 216
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6404F
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
Course Category: Programme Credits: 3
Elective 2
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: 20CS3305 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basics of Natural language K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1
CO1
processing concepts
Understand linear text classification and K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1, 2.7.1,
CO2 3.8.3
nonlinear text classification techniques
1.6.1, 1.7.1, 2.7.1,
CO3 Apply speech recognition techniques in NLP K3
2.6.4, 2.8.3, 2.8.4

Understand the knowledge on various syntax and K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1,

CO4 2.7.1,3.8.3
semantics techniques involved in NLP
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 2

CO2 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 2 1 2

CO4 2 1 1 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to NLP:Knowledge in Speech and Language Processing,
Ambiguity, Models and Algorithms,Language, Thought, and Understanding, The
State of the Art, Some Brief History

VRSEC 217
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II
Linear Text Classification: Naïve Bayes: Types and tokens, prediction,
estimation and smoothing, Discriminative learning: Perceptron, Average
perceptron, Loss function, Logistic regression: Regularizations and gradients and
optimization: Batch optimization and Online optimization
Non Linear classification:Feed forward neural networks, Designing neural
networks, Learning neural networks and convolution neural networks
UNIT III
Sequence Labeling: Viterbi Algorithm, Hidden Markov Model, Discriminative
Sequence labeling with features, Neural sequence labeling, Application of
sequence labeling, POS tagging, Morpho syntactic Attribute, Named Entity
Recognition, Tokenization
UNIT IV
Logical semantics: Logical representation of meaning, Semantic parsing and the
lambda calculus, Learning semantic parsers, predicate argument semantics:
Semantic roles, Semantic role labeling, AMR parsing, Design decision for word
representation.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Daniel Jurafsky and James H Martin, ”Speech and Language Processing: An
introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics and
Speech Recognition”, Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 2021.( UNIT-1)
[2] Jacob Eisenstein, Introduction to Natural Language Processing, MIT press
(2018) [UNIT 2,3,4]
REFERENCE BOOKS

[1] James Allen, Bejamin/cummings, “Natural Language Understanding”, 2nd

edition, 1995.
[2] C. Manning and H. Schutze, “Foundations of Statistical Natural Language
Processing”, MIT Press. Cambridge, MA:,1999

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] Massachusetts Institute of Technology Open Course Lecture Notes on

Advance Natural Language Technology.

VRSEC 218
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-864-advanced-natural-language-processing-fall-
2005/pages/lecture-notes/Accessed on 24 December 2022
[2] Dan Jurafsky and James H. Martin
https://web.stanford.edu/~jurafsky/slp3/ Accessed on 24 December 2022
[3]By Prof. PawanGoyal, IIT Kharagpur
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs98/previewAccessed on 24 December
2022

VRSEC 219
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6205A
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Course Category: Open Elective 2 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 2 - 0 -2
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20ES3102 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Java Semester end Evaluation: 70
Programming Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the fundamentals of Android K2 1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO1 2.5.2,2.7.1
Operating System.
Apply UI principles to develop interfaces for K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,
CO2 2.6.3, 2.7.1,3.5.1
Android platform.
Apply mobile application concepts to deploy and K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO3 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4
publish a given app into android device. 3.5.1,3.8.2

Apply principles to develop a database K3 2.5.1,2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,

CO4 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,
connection for a given mobile application. 4.6.2,5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2

CO2 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 2

VRSEC 220
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Android: An open platform for mobile development, Native
android applications, Android SDK Features, Introducing the Development
Framework, Downloading and Installing the Android SDK, Creating your First
Android Application, Types of Android Applications, Developing for Mobile and
Embedded devices, Android Development Tools.
Creating Applications and Activities: Introducing the Application Manifest
File, Externalizing Resources, The Android Application Lifecycle, A Closer look
at Android Activities.

UNIT II
Building User Interfaces: Fundamental Android UI Design, Android User
Interface fundamentals, Introducing Layouts.
User Interface (UI) Components: Editable and non-editable TextViews,
Buttons, Radio and Toggle Buttons, Checkboxes, Spinners, Dialog and pickers
Event Handling:Handling clicks or changes of various UI components.

UNIT III
Introducing Fragments: Creating New Fragments, The Fragment Lifecycle,
Introducing the Fragment Manager, Adding Fragments to Activities, Interfacing
Between Fragments and Activities, Fragments Without User Interfaces.
Introducing Adapters: Introducing Some Native Adapters, Customizing the
Array Adapter, Using Adapters to Bind Data to a View
Introducing Intents: Using intents to launch activities, Introducing Linkify,
Using Intents to broadcast Events, Notifications – Creating and Displaying
notifications, Displaying Toasts

UNIT IV
Creataing Intent Filters and Broadcast Receivers: Using Intent Filters to
Service Implicit Intents, Using Intent Filters for Plug-Ins and Extensibility,
Listening for Native
Working with SQLite Databases: Introducing the SQLiteOpenHelper, Opening
and Creating Databases without SQLite Open Helper, Android Database design
considerations, Quering a Database, Extracting values from a cursor, Adding,

VRSEC 221
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Updating and Removing Rows.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Reto Meier , “Professional Android 4 Application Development”, Wiley
India, (Wrox),2012

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] David Griffiths and Dawn Griffiths, Head First Android Development: A
Brain-Friendly Guide, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
[2] James C Sheusi, "Android Application Development for Java Programmers",
Cengage Learning.
[3] Wei-Meng Lee, "Beginning Android 4 Application Development", Wiley
India (Wrox)
[4] Bill Phillips, Chris Stewart, Brian Hardy, and Kristin Marsicano, “Android
Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch Guide, Big Nerd Ranch LLC”, 3rd Edition.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Oak Academy, Mehmet Ongel, Build Real Android Apps: Android 11 App
Development:
Java,https://www.udemy.com/course/build-real-android-apps-android-app-
development-with-java/
[2] Courseera : Dr. Jerry Roth, Android App Development Specialization,
Department of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering, Vanderbilt
University
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/android-app-development

VRSEC 222
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6205B
NO SQL DATABASES
Course Category: Open Elective 2 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2 - 0 -2
Prerequisites: 20CS5301: Continuous Evaluation: 30
Database Semester end Evaluation: 70
Management Total Marks: 100
Systems

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand different types of NoSQL K2 1.7.1,2.5.1,
2.5.2,2.7.1
CO1 Databases

Analyze the detailed architecture and K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1

2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
CO2 performance tune of Document-oriented NoSQL 3.5.1, 3.6.1, 3.7.1
databases.

Analyze the performance tune of Key-Value Pair K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1

2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
CO3 NoSQL databases. 3.5.1, 3.6.1, 3.7.1

Apply NoSQL development tools on different K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,

2.5.2,2.6.3,
CO4 types of NoSQL Databases 2.7.1,3.5.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 1

CO2 1 2 2 1 1

CO3 1 2 2 1 1

CO4 1 3 3 1 1

VRSEC 223
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Overview and History of NoSQL Databases. Definition of the Four Types of
NoSQL Database, The Value of Relational Databases, Getting at Persistent Data,
Concurrency, Integration, Impedance Mismatch, Application and Integration
Databases, Attack of the Clusters, The Emergence of NoSQL.

UNIT II
NoSQL Key/Value databases using MongoDB, Document Databases, Document
oriented Database Features, Consistency, Transactions, Availability, Query
Features, Scaling, Web Analytics or Real-Time Analytics, E-Commerce
Applications, Complex Transactions Spanning Different Operations.

UNIT III
Column- oriented NoSQL databases using Apache HBASE, Column-oriented
NoSQL databases using Apache Cassandra, Architecture of HBASE, Column-
Family Data Store Features, Consistency, Transactions, Availability.

UNIT IV
NoSQL Key/Value databases using Riak, Key-Value Databases, Key-Value
Store, Key-Value Store Features, Consistency, Transactions, Storing Session
Information, Query by Data, Operations by Sets. Graph NoSQL databases using
Neo4,NoSQL database development tools and programming languages, Graph
Databases, Graph Database Features, Consistency, Transactions, Availability.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Fowler, M., Sadalage, P. J. (2013). NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the
Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence. United Kingdom: Addison-Wesley.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Christopher, D. M., Prabhakar, R., & Hinrich, S. (2008). Introduction to
information retrieval.
[2]Harizopoulos, S., Idreaos, S., Madden, S., Boncz, P., Abadi, D.
(2013). The Design and Implementation of Modern Column-oriented Database
Systems. Netherlands
[3] Harrison, G. (2015). Next Generation Databases: NoSQLand Big
Data. United States: Apress.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/nosql-databases

VRSEC 224
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

(Last Accessed: 15-12-2022).

[2]María del Pilar ÁngelesNoSQL systems Coursera
https://www.coursera.org/learn/nosql-databases
(Last Accessed: 15-12-2022).
[3] https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/
(Last Accessed: 15-12-2022)
[4] https://www.javatpoint.com/nosql-databa
(Last Accessed: 15-12-2022)

VRSEC 225
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6205C
FUNDAMENTALS OF JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Category: Open Elective-II Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture - Tutorial - Practice: 2-0-2

Prerequisites: Continuous Evaluation: 30

Semester End Evaluation: 70
-
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Understand the basic concepts of object K2

CO1 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,2.7.1
oriented programming.
Apply multiple inheritance through K3 2.5.1,2.5.2,
CO2 2.6.3,2.7.1,3.5.1,3.8.2
interfaces.
2.5.1,
Apply exceptions, thread capabilities on a
CO3 K3 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4
given application. 3.5.1,3.8.2
2.5.1,
Apply Collections framework for a given 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO4 K3 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,
application.
4.6.2,5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes(1 – Low 2 - Medium 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 3

CO2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 2

VRSEC 226
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
The History and Evolution of Java: Java’s Magic: Byte Code, Java Buzzwords.
An Overview of Java: Object Oriented Programming, Two paradigms,
Abstraction, The Three OOP Principles , A First simple Program.
Data Types, Variables and Arrays: Java keywords, Primitive types, Integers,
Floating-Point Types, Characters, Booleans, Variables, Operators, Type
Conversion and Casting, Arrays.
Introducing Classes and Objects: Class fundamentals, declaring objects, assigning
object reference variables, introducing methods, constructors, this keyword,
Garbage collection, overloading methods, using objects as parameters, returning
objects, understanding static, Introducing final keywords, Introducing nested and
inner classes.
UNIT II:
String Handling: The String Class, String Buffer Class, String Tokenizer class.
Inheritance: Inheritance basics, using super, multilevel hierarchy, method
overriding, dynamic method dispatch, using abstract classes, using final with
inheritance.
Packages & Interfaces: Defining a package, packages and member Access,
importing packages, Defining an interface, implementing interfaces, nested
interfaces, applying interfaces, variables in interfaces.
UNIT III:
Exception handling: Exception handling fundamentals, exception types, uncaught
exceptions, using try and catch, multiple catch clauses, throw, throws, finally,
creating your own exception subclasses.
I/O streams: Byte Streams- InputStream, OutputStream, FileInputStream,
FileOutputStream, Character Streams- Reader, Writer, FileReader, FileWriter.
UNIT – IV
Multithread Programming: The Java Thread Model, Creating a thread:
Implementing Runnable, Extending Thread, creating multiple threads, Thread
Priorities, Synchronization: Using Synchronized methods, The synchronized
VRSEC 227
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Statement.
Collections Framework: Collections overview, Collection interfaces: Collection,
List, and Set.Collection Classes: ArrayList, LinkedList, HashSet.
MapClasses:HashMap.

Text Books:
[1] Herbert Schildt, “Java The Complete Reference”, Eleventh Edition, Oracle
Press, 2019.
Reference Books:
[1] Herbert Schildt, Dale Skrien, “Java Fundamentals A Comprehension
Introduction”, Special Indian Edition, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd,
2017.
[2] E Balaguruswamy, "Programming with Java", 4th Edition, Mc GrawHill ,
2020.
[3] Paul J. Dietel and Dr.Harvey M. Deitel, “Java How to Program”, Eleventh
Edition, Deitel& Associates, Inc.l, 2018.
E-resources and other digital material:
[1] Prof.DebasisSamanta. (14th,September, 2022), Department of Computer
Science & Engineering, I.I.T.,Kharagpur, Swayam, NPTEL.
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs03/preview.
[2] Evan Jones, Adam Marcus,Eugene Wu "Introduction to Programming in
Java", MIT OpenCourseWare, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, October
28, 2022. https://ocw.mit.edu › courses
[3] Prof. Owen Astrachan, "Object Oriented Programming in Java", Duke
University, 21st September 2022. coursera.org
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming

VRSEC 228
 Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6205D
INTRODUCTION TO
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING
Course Category: Open Elective 2 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2 - 0 -2
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Understand the basic principles and applications K2 1.2.1, 1.6.1, 2.6.2,

CO1
of Artificial Intelligence. 2.6.4,2.7.1
Apply predicate logic to represent knowledge of K3 1.6.1,2.5.1,2.7.1
CO2
real world problems 3.5.1

CO3 Understand the concepts of machine learning K2 1.2.1,1.7.1,2.5.3

and Regression
Apply supervised learning and un supervised K3 1.2.1,1.7.1,2.5.3,
CO4
learning algorithms to real world problems. 2.6.3
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes
(1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 1 1

CO2 1 2 3 1 2

CO3 1 1 1 1

CO4 2 2 2 1 2

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 229
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
Problems, Problem Spaces And Search: Defining the Problem as a State space
Search, Production Systems, Problem Characteristics, Production system
characteristics Heuristic Search Techniques: Generate-and-test, Hill Climbing,
Best-First Search

UNIT II
Knowledge Representation Issues: Representations and Mappings, Approaches
to Knowledge Representation, Issues in Knowledge Representation.
Using Predicate Logic: Representing Simple Facts in logic, Representing
Instance and Is a Relationships, Resolution

UNIT III
Introduction to Machine Learning: Introduction. Different types of learning,
Examples of Machine Learning Applications, Learning a Class from Examples,
Probably Approximately Correct Learning
Regression: Linear regression, Multiple Linear regression, Logistic Regression

UNIT IV
Supervised Learning: Introduction, Classification, Decision Trees
Unsupervised Learning: Introduction, Types of clustering Techniques, K-means
Clustering.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B Nair, “Artificial Intelligence”,
3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2008(UNITs I & II)

[2] Ethem Alpaydın, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, Second edition, The

MIT Press Cambridge. (UNITs III& IV)
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Patrick Henry Winston ‘Artificial Intelligence’, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
1992.
[2] Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2009
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. Anupam Basu, Prof. S. Sarkar,“ Artificial Intelligence, IIT Kharagpur

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/ last accessed on 10-01-2023

[2] https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-

VRSEC 230
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

034-artificial-intelligence-fall-2010/lecture-videos/ last accessed on 10-01-2023

[3] https://www.cmpe.boun.edu.tr/~ethem/i2ml3e/ last accessed on 10-01-

2023

VRSEC 231
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6351
MACHINE LEARNING LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0- 0-3
Prerequisites: 20CS4351 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Advanced Data Semester end Evaluation: 70
Structures and Total Marks: 100
Algorithms
Laboratory

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Demonstrate the concepts of K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.2, 2.5.3,
2.6.3 ,3.5.1,3.6.2,5.4.2
CO1 computational intelligence in machine
learning
Choose the dimensionality reduction K5 1.2.1, 2.6.2,
CO2 2.6.4,2.7.2,4.6.4,5.4.2
techniques for feature selection
Choose the machine learning techniques to K5 1.6.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3, 2.6.4,
CO3 2.7.2,3.6.1, 3.6.2 ,4.4.2,
solve real time problems 4,6,1, 5.4.2

Build ensemble models to solve K6 1.6.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3, 2.6.4,

CO4 2.7.2,3.6.1, 3.6.2 ,4.4.2,
classification problems 4,6,1, 5.4.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 2 1 1

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 1 1

CO4 1 2 2 2 2 1 2

TASKS
Task 1: Implement Linear Regression and logistic regression and calculate sum
of residual error

VRSEC 232
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Task 2: Program to implement Principle Component Analysis

Task 3: Program to implement decision tree learning and evaluate the algorithm
Task 4. Program to implement perceptron for different learning task and evaluate
the algorithm
Task 5: Programs on Covariance, Correlation, Covariance Matrix and
Correlation Matrix
Task 6: Program to construct Bayesian Network on a sample dataset and
evaluate the algorithm
Task 7. Program to implement K nearest neighbour classifier and evaluate the
algorithm
Task 8 Program to implement classification task using Support Vector machine
and evaluate the algorithm
Task 9. Program to implement Random Forest and evaluate the algorithm
Task 10. Program to implement Expectation maximization
TEXT BOOKS
1. Machine Learning. Tom Mitchell. First Edition, McGraw- Hill, 1997.
2. Alpaydin, Ethem. Introduction to machine learning. MIT press, 2020.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jason Brownlee, Machine Learning Mastery With Python, Understand Your
Data, Create Accurate Models and Work Projects, 2021
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine learning An algorithmic Perspective”, Second
Edition, CRC Press,2015
3. Jiawei Han, Jian Pei, Hanghang Tong, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques,
fourth edition, Elsevier Science, 2022
4. Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT
Press, 2012.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
1. Prof. Balaraman Ravindran | IIT Madras Introduction to Machine
Learning https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs29/preview last accessed
on 16-12-2022
2. Andrew Ng, Machine Learning Specialization
https://www.coursera.org/specializations/machine-learning-introduction
last accessed on 16-12-2022

VRSEC 233
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6352
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0- 0-3
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Computer Semester end Evaluation: 70
Networks Total Marks: 100
COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand various security issues related to K2 1.7.1,5.6.1
CO1
cryptography and Network Security.
1.7.1,
CO2 Analyze the process of cryptographic ciphers. K3
2.5.2,2.6.2,7.1.1
1.7.1
CO3 Summarizes the Network Security Scenarios. K3

Inspect the protection methods against Network K3 2.6.3 ,5.6.1,7.1.1

CO4
security threats.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2

CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2

CO4 2 3 2 2

TASKS
Software Requirements:
x Virtual Box.
x Ubuntu Desktop OS.
x Burpsuite, John The Ripper, macchanger, Wireshark, Nmap, tcpdump
Task 1: Prepare a write-up and familiarize with the following concepts
a. Security basics (Authentication, Authorization, Data

VRSEC 234
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Confidentiality, Non- repudiation, Data Integrity)

b. Network security (ACL, Firewall, IDS, IPS, Vulnerability
Assessment, CVEs, Penetration testing and its phases, NAT,
Honeypots, WLAN Encryption – WEP, WPA, WPA2, WPA3,
Malware)
c. Physical Security (Mantrap, CCTV, Cable protection in Data
centers, Lock Pickers, in- person security for data centers, Defense-
in-depth)
d. Cloud Security (Identity and Access Management -Azure, AWS,
GCP, Microsoft Defender for cloud, AWS Security Hub, Single
sign-on)
e. System Security (buffer overflow, secure code analysis, port
security, host security)
Application Security – OWASP Top 10 2021.

Task 2: Deploy an Open-source Linux Distribution (Ubuntu) in a Virtual Box

and configure virtual networking to it. Also, install common tools like – Nmap,
Wireshark, tcpdump, macchanger, Burpsuite, JohnTheRipper.

Task 3: Understand the usage of nmap and perform a ping sweep in your LAN
with nmap and output verbosely to normal, XML formats. – Disable port scan.

Task 4: Perform a port scan (SYN, CONNECT, ACK, NULL, FIN, XMAS) on
scanme.nmap.org domain and identify what ports and services including OS
detection and output to normal and XML formats.

Task 5: Demonstrate TCP three-way handshake with Wireshark

Task 6: Sniff traffic with Wireshark and apply some filters based on IP address
and protocols

Task 7: Know the usage of tcpdump and use it show the ICMP live traffic.

Task 8: Create a new Linux user and Perform a Password less authentication for
newly created user and know how SSH works.

Task 9: Crack common password Hashes with John The Ripper with RockYou
wordlist.

Task 10: Create a Linux Bash Script to get a hash signature (MD5, SHA1,
SHA256, SHA512) for any given file for maintaining Integrity.

Task 11: Know about NIC and MAC Address. Change the MAC Address of
VRSEC 235
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

your NIC to some random, custom, and vendor specific.

Task 12: Develop a small PHP webapp (no database required) and intercept the
webapp traffic with Burp Suite. Webapp Requirement:

• A HTML File having login form.

• A PHP File handling authentication of HTML login form.

• Dummy Username and Password can be used.

Supplementary Coding Tasks
Using any programming language of your choice, implement the following:
¾ Classic Encryption Techniques such as Caesar cipher, Playfair cipher, Hill
cipher and other techniques
¾ Encryption algorithms - DES, AES, RSA, ECC
¾ Hashing algorithms - MD5, SHA-1
¾ Digital Signature standard

TEXT BOOKS
[1] William Stalligs, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice. 5th & 7th ed, Pearson Education, 2017.
[2] J. Katz and Y. Lindell, “Introduction to Modern Cryptography”, CRC Press,
2008
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Cryptography and Network Security: ForouzanMukhopadhyay, McGraw
Hill, 2nd Edition
[2] Network Security and Cryptography, Bernard Menezes, CENGAGE
Learning
[3] Cryptography & Network Security, AtulKahate, McGraw Hill
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] nptelonlinecourse.com,”Cryptography and network Security”, 2021.
[Online]. Available: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/ Accessed
on 02/12/2021.
[2]cybrary.com, “Cryptography”, 2021,
[Online]. Available: https://www.cybrary.it/course/ fundamental-cryptography-
data-protection/. Accessed on 02/12/2021

VRSEC 236
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6353
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Laboratory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0- 0-3
Prerequisites: 20CS3303 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Operating Semester end Evaluation: 70
Systems Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Compare different software engineering process K4 1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO1 2.5.2, 2.6.4,2.7.1
models.
Analyse the principles of requirement K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.7.1,
CO2 3.5.1,3.5.2,3.5.6
engineering.
1.7.1,2.5.1,2.6.4
CO3 Create architectural design for a given project. K6
3.5.1,3.8.1

Apply different testing techniques K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.6.4,

CO4 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2,
4.4.3

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3

CO2 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 2

TASKS
Task 1: Overview of SDLC: A Study
Task 2: Studying various phases of waterfall model.

VRSEC 237
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Task 3: Estimation of Project Metrics using COCOMO model

Task 4: Identifying the Software Requirement from problem statements
Task 5: Project Planning.
Task 6: Capturing use case and modelling use case diagram for the given
problem
Task 7: System modelling.
Task 8: OOA: Identifying Domain Classes from the problem statement and State
Transition Diagram.
Task 9: Interaction diagrams: Sequence and collaboration diagrams and Flow of
events and activity diagram.
Task 10: Software Design: software architecture and object oriented design.
Task 11: Component and Deployment diagrams.
Task 12: Estimation of test coverage metrics and Structural Complexity.
Task 13: Software Testing.
Task 14: Design Test Suits.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Roger S. Pressman, Bruce R.Maxim, "Software Engineering a practitioners
approach" 8th edition, McGraw-Hill Publication 2019
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Ian Somerville, “Software Engineering”. 9th ed, Pearson Education. 2011.
[2] Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri and Dino Mandrioli, “Fundamentals of
Software Engineering”.2 ed, PHI. 2009
[3] RajibMall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering. 3 ed, PHI. 2009.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Lecture Series on Software Engineering by Prof.N.L. Sarda, Prof. Umesh
Bellur,Prof.R.K.Joshi and Prof.Shashi Kelkar, Department of Computer Science
& Engineering ,IIT Bombay https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101061/2
[2] Software Engineering By Dr. B. LAVANYA, Assistant Professor|
University of Madras
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_cs07/preview.

VRSEC 238
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

[3] Software Engineering Basics

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sB2iQSvrcG0

VRSEC 239
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20TP6106
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
Course Category: Soft Skills - 4 Credits: 1
Course Type: Learning by doing Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0 - 0 -
2
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Effectively organize, summarize and present information in quantitative
CO1
forms including tables,
Use mathematical based reasoning and to evaluate alternatives and make
CO2
decisions
CO3 Think and reason logically and critically in any given situation.
Apply logical thinking to solve problems and puzzles in qualifying exams
CO4
for companies and in other competitive exams
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1– Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3

CO2 3 3 3

CO3 3 3

CO4 2 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
x Number system
x HCF & LCM,
x Average,

VRSEC 240
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

x Percentages,
x Profit & Loss

UNIT II
x Ratio & Proportion,
x Partnership,
x Chain Rule,
x Time & Distance,
x Time & Work

UNIT III
x Pipes & Cistern,
x Problems on Trains,
x Problems on boats &Steams,
x Allegation,
x Simple interest and compound interest.

UNIT IV
x Area, Volume and Surface areas,
x Races & Games of skills,
x Calendar & Clock,
x Stocks & Shares,
x Permutations & Combination, Probability.

METHODOLOGY
Learning Resources: Quantitative Aptitude by R.S..Aggarwal

VRSEC 241
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS6554
MINI PROJECT - I
Course Category: Project Credits: 1
Course Type: Project Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: 20CS5354 Continuous Evaluation: 30
EPICS Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

1. Formulate Domain Analysis, Elaboration through Modeling and

Implementation through state of the art technology available.
2. Develop generic and modular programs that includes Handling
exceptionalcases in providing reliable solutions
3. Testing and verification of programs for different scenarios
4. Conclude findings through oral presentations
5. Prepare proper documentation consisting of Software Requirements
Specification (SRS), Modeling Techniques, Development Strategies,
Implementation and Testing Strategies. Student may use any Design
Methodologies such as SSAD, OOAD and UML
6. Builds the spirit of team work in design process.
7.Become proficient in the programming languages

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2

CO2 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 1 2 2 3 2 2

CO5 2 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 2 2

VRSEC 242
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Mini Project I could be done by a group of students; involves working under

a faculty member and carry out detailed feasibility study, literature survey
and prepare a detailed project report during VI semesters.

VRSEC 243
 Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20MC6107B
INNOVATION, IPR & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course Category: Mandatory Course Credits: -
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 2-0-0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 100
Semester end Evaluation: 0
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Learn the innovation concepts K2 2.5.1,2.6.2,2.6.3,2.
CO1 related to business organizations. 6.4,8.3.1,8.4.2,9.4.2,
9.5.1,11.6.1,11.6.2
Understand the importance of K2 2.5.1,2.6.2,2.6.3,
CO2 innovation in new start-ups. 2.6.4,8.3.1,8.4.2,9.4.2,
9.5.1,11.6.1,11.6.2
Know fundamental aspects of K2 2.5.1,2.6.2,2.6.3,
CO3 Intellectual property Rights. 2.6.4,8.3.1,8.4.2,9.4.2,
9.5.1,11.6.1,11.6.2
Learn the basic concepts of K2 2.5.1,2.6.2,2.6.3,
CO4 entrepreneurship and its benefits. 2.6.4,8.3.1,8.4.2,9.4.2,
9.5.1,11.6.1,11.6.2
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes
(1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 - 1 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 - 1 -

CO2 - 2 - - - - - 1 2 - 2 - 1 -
CO3 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 - 3 - 1 -

CO4 - 1 - - - - - 3 2 - 2 - 1 -

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 244
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT – I
Innovation Management: Introduction Innovation:
Definition, Importance – The need to view innovation in an organizational
context – Different types of innovation - Innovation and Invention – Popular
views of innovation – Innovation as a management process.

UNIT II

Innovation: New Product Development (NPD)

Innovation Management and New Product Development – Considerations when
developing as NPD strategy - NPD as a strategy for growth – What is new
product? – Classification of new products – NPD as an industry innovation
cycle.

UNIT III

Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)

Introduction and the need for intellectual property right (IPR) - Kinds of
Intellectual Property Rights: Patent, Copyright, Trade Mark, Design,
Geographical Indication, Plant Varieties and Layout Design – Genetic Resources
and Traditional Knowledge – Trade Secret - IPR in India : Genesis and
development..

UNIT IV

Entrepreneurship Concept and need of entrepreneurship

Characteristics and Types of Entrepreneurship - Entrepreneurship as a career -
Entrepreneurship as a style of Management - The changing role of the
entrepreneur - Entrepreneurial traits, factors affecting entrepreneurs.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Paul Trott, Innovation Management and New Product Development, Pearson
Education Limited, UK, 2017.

[2] Nithyananda, K V., Intellectual Property Rights: Protection and

Management, Cengage Learning India Private Limited, 2019.

[3] Dr.S S Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S Chand, New Delhi, 2020

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Managing innovation: Integrating Technological, Market and Organizational

VRSEC 245
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Change, Joe Tidd, John Besant, 2018.

[2] Neeraj, P., & Khusdeep, D, Intellectual Property Rights. PHI learning Private
Limited, India, 2019.

[3] Vasant Desai, The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and

Management, Himalaya Publishing House, India, 2022.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
https://edisciplinas.usp.br/acessar/

VRSEC 246
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER VII

VRSEC 247
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7301
AUTOMATA & COMPILER DESIGN
Course Category: Programme Core Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: 20CS3304- Continuous Evaluation: 30
Digital logic and Semester end Evaluation: 70
computer design Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basic concepts of 2 1.1.1,1.3.1,
2.1.1,2.1.3, 2.2.4
CO1 formal languages and finite automata
Techniques.
Apply the parsing techniques for the given 3 1.1.1,1.3.1, 2.1.1,2.1.3,
2.2.3, 2.3.1,3.2.1,
CO2 programming construct described in Context 3.3.1
Free Grammar.
Apply the suitable intermediate representation 3 1.1.1, 1.3.1,
CO3 based on the storage administration 2.2.3, 2.2.4,
3.1.1, 3.3.1,
Apply the functionalities for generating the 3 1.1.1, 1.3.1,
2.2.3,2.2.4,
CO4 machine code involved in different phases of the 2.4.3,3.2.1,
compilation process 3.3.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Structure of Compiler: Lexical Analysis, Syntax analysis, Intermediate Code
generation, Code Optimization, Code generation, Bookkeeping, Error handling,
VRSEC 248
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Formal Language and Regular Expressions: Languages, Definition

Languages regular expressions, Finite Automata – DFA, NFA. Conversion of
regular expression to NFA, NFA to DFA. Applications of Finite Automata to
lexical analysis, lex tools.
UNIT II
Context Free grammars and parsing: Context free grammars, derivations,
parse trees, ambiguity, simplification of CFG, Normal Forms: CNF and GNF.
Top Down and Bottom up Parsing: LL(K) grammars and LL(1) parsing,
Bottom up parsing, handle pruning, LR Parsing, parsing using ambiguous
grammars.
UNIT III
Syntax Directed Translation: S-attributed and L-attributed grammars, abstract
syntax trees, Intermediate Code: types of intermediate code, Translation of
simple assignment statements and control flow statements. Type checking, type
conversions.
Symbol Table: The contents of a symbol table,Data structures for symbol tables,
Representing scope information.
UNIT IV
Storage organization: Storage allocation strategies, scope access to non local
names, language facilities for dynamics storage allocation.
Code optimization: Principal sources of optimization, optimization of basic
blocks, flow graphs, peephole optimization.
Code Generation: Issues in the design of a Code generator, The Target
language, A simple code generator, Code generation from DAG’s.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev M & J D Ullman: “Introduction to Automata
Theory Languages &Computation”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
[2] Alfred V.Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, ‘Principles of Compiler Design’, Narosa
Publishing, 2002

[3] Alfred V.Aho , Monica S Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D Ullman, ‘Compilers
Principles, Techniques and Tools’, Second Edition, Pearson Education
India , 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Tremblay J P, Sorenson G P: “The Theory & Practice of Compiler writing”,
1st Edition, BSP publication, 2010.
[2] Louden, ‘Compiler Construction : Principle and Practice ‘Cengage
VRSEC 249
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Publications, 1997.
[2] Jean-Paul Trembly, Paul G. Sorenson, ‘ The Theory and Practical of
Compiler Writing’, BS Publications, 2009
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Compiler Design by Prof.Y.N.Srikant, Department of Computer Science and
Automation, IISC Bangalore. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/106108052 Last
access date: 09.06.2021
[2] NPTEL lectures by Professor Sanjeev K Agarwal, Dept. of CSE IIT Kanpur
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/compiler-
desing/ui/TOC.htm Last access date: 09.06.2020

VRSEC 250
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402A
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND DATA VISUALIZATION
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS5301 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Database Semester end Evaluation: 70
Management Systems Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the need and value of K2 1.5.1, 1.6.1
CO1 business intelligence

Understand business intelligence environment K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1

CO2 and models
1.2.1,2.7.1,2.8.1
CO3 Analyse the data visualization methods. K4
Apply data visualization techniques using K3 1.2.1, 5.4.1,5.4.2
CO4 tableau tool.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Business Intelligence and Information Exploitation: Why Business
Intelligence? ,The Information Asset ,Exploiting Information ,Business
Intelligence and Program Success ,What Is Business Intelligence? , Actionable
Knowledge.

VRSEC 251
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

The Value of Business Intelligence: The Information Asset and Data Valuation,
Actionable Knowledge--Return on Investment, Business Intelligence
Applications, The Intelligence Dashboard Business Intelligence Adds Value .
UNIT II
The Business Intelligence Environment: The Business Case, The Business
Intelligence Process, System Infrastructure, Information Access, Delivery, and
Analysis, Services, Management Issues.
Business Models and Information Flow: Information Processing and
Information Flow, The Information Flow Model, Usage in Practice ,Modeling
Frameworks .
UNIT III
The Context of Data Visualization : Visualization as a discovery tool, The
bedrock of visualization knowledge, Defining data visualization, Visualization
skills for the masses, The data visualization methodology.
Conceiving and Reasoning Visualization Design Options: Data visualization
design is all about choices, The visualization anatomy – data representation, The
visualization anatomy – data presentation
Taxonomy of Data Visualization Methods: Data visualization methods,
Choosing the appropriate chart type, Assessing hierarchies and part-to-whole
relationships.
UNIT IV
An Introduction to Connecting to Data: An Introduction to Connecting to
Data in Tableau, Shaping Data for Use with Tableau, Getting a Lay of the Land:
Tableau Terminology, View the Underlying Data, View the Number of Records,
Dimension Versus Measure, What Is a Measure? What Is a Dimension? Discrete
Versus Continuous
Five Ways to Make a Bar Chart/An Introduction to Aggregation: Five Ways
to Create a Bar Chart in Tableau An Introduction to Aggregation in Tableau,
Line Graphs, Independent Axes, and Date Hierarchies, How to Make a Line
Graph in Tableau, Independent Axes in Tableau, Date Hierarchies in Tableau,
Marks Cards, Encoding, and Level of Detail, An Explanation of Level of Detail,
An Introduction to Encoding, Label and Tooltip Marks Cards, Case studies.

VRSEC 252
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] David Loshin Morgan, Kaufman, “Business Intelligence: The Savvy
Manager‟s Guide”, Second Edition, 2012.[UNIT-I,II]
[2]Andy Kirk, ”Data Visualization: a successful design process”, Packt
Publishing 2012[UNIT-III]
[3] Ryan Sleeper, Practical Tableau, O'Reilly Media, Inc. 2018. [UNIT-IV]
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] “Business Intelligence – Grundlagen und praktischeAnwendungen:
EineEinführung in die IT” by Hans-Georg Kemper and Henning Baars
[2] Larissa T. Moss, S. Atre, “Business Intelligence Roadmap: The Complete
Project Lifecycle of Decision Making”, Addison Wesley, 2003
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://www.coursera.org/learn/business-intelligence-tools
[2]. https://www.coursera.org/learn/datavisualization.
[2]https://freevideolectures.com/course/4041/nptel-introduction-to-learning-
analytics/11
[3] https://www.coursera.org/learn/analytics-tableau

VRSEC 253
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402B
CLOUD ARCHITECTURE
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Computer Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts, K2 2.5.2,2.6.4,2.8.4
CO1 characteristics, delivery models and
benefits of cloud computing.
Analyze Cloud Infrastructure and Management K4 2.6.3,2.6.4,
CO2 Mechanisms 2.8.3,2.8.4, 3.7.1

Understand fundamental and advanced Cloud K2 2.5.2,2.6.3,

CO3 architectures 2.6.4, 2.8.4

Understand specialized cloud architectures and K2 2.5.2,2.6.3,

CO4 impact of SLA’s 2.6.4, 2.8.4

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 2 2 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Fundamental Concepts and Models: Roles and Boundaries, Cloud Provider,
Cloud Consumer, Cloud Service Owner, Cloud Resource Administrator,
Additional Roles, Organizational Boundary, rust Boundary, Cloud

VRSEC 254
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Characteristics: On-Demand Usage Ubiquitous Access, Multitenancy (and

Resource Pooling), Elasticity, Measured Usage, Resiliency, Cloud Delivery
Models: Comparing Cloud Delivery Models, Combining Cloud Delivery
Models, IaaS + PaaS, IaaS + PaaS + SaaS
Cloud-Enabling Technology: Broadband Networks and Internet Architecture,
Internet Service Providers (ISPs), Connectionless Packet Switching (Datagram
Networks), Router-Based Interconnectivity, Physical Network, Transport Layer
Protocol, Application Layer Protocol, Technical and Business Considerations,
Connectivity Issues, Network Bandwidth and Latency Issues, Cloud Carrier and
Cloud Provider Selection, Data Center Technology: Virtualization,
Standardization and Modularity, Automation, Remote Operation and
Management, High Availability, Security-Aware Design, Operation, and
Management, Facilities, Computing Hardware, Storage Hardware, Network
Hardware, Carrier and External Networks Interconnection, Web-Tier Load
Balancing and Acceleration, LAN Fabric, SAN Fabric, NAS Gateways
UNIT II
Cloud Infrastructure Mechanisms: Logical Network Perimeter, Virtual
Server, Cloud Storage Device - Cloud Storage Levels, Network Storage
Interfaces, Object Storage Interfaces, Database Storage Interfaces, Relational
Data Storage, Non-Relational Data Storage, Cloud Usage Monitor - Monitoring
Agent, Resource Agent, Polling Agent, Resource Replication, Ready-Made
Environment
Cloud Management Mechanisms - Remote Administration System, Resource
Management System, SLA Management System, Billing Management System
UNIT III
Fundamental Cloud Architectures: Workload Distribution Architecture,
Resource Pooling Architecture, Dynamic Scalability Architecture, Elastic
Resource Capacity Architecture, Service Load Balancing Architecture, Cloud
Bursting Architecture, Elastic Disk Provisioning Architecture, Redundant
Storage Architecture
Advanced Cloud Architectures: Hypervisor Clustering Architecture, Load
Balanced Virtual Server Instances Architecture, Non-Disruptive Service
Relocation Architecture, Zero Downtime Architecture, Cloud Balancing
Architecture, Resource Reservation Architecture, Dynamic Failure Detection
and Recovery Architecture, Bare-Metal Provisioning Architecture, Rapid

VRSEC 255
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Provisioning Architecture, Storage Workload Management Architecture

UNIT IV
Specialized Cloud Architectures: Direct I/O Access Architecture, Direct LUN
Access Architecture, Dynamic Data Normalization Architecture, Elastic
Network Capacity Architecture, Cross-Storage Device Vertical Tiering
Architecture, Intra-Storage Device Vertical Data Tiering Architecture, Load
Balanced Virtual Switches Architecture, Multipath Resource Access
Architecture, Persistent Virtual Network Configuration Architecture, Redundant
Physical Connection for Virtual Servers Architecture, Storage Maintenance
Window Architecture
Service Quality Metrics and SLAs: Service Quality Metrics, Service
Availability Metrics, Service Reliability Metrics, Service Performance Metrics,
Service Scalability Metrics, Service Resiliency Metrics, SLA Guidelines
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Thomas Erl, "Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture", 1st
Ed, Pearson, 2014
[2] RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi, “Mastering Cloud
Computing”, McGraw Hill, 2013
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski, "Cloud Computing:
Principles and Paradigms", Wiley, 2013
[2] Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack J Dongarra, "Distributed and Cloud
Computing - From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things", Morgan
Kaufman Publishing, 2012
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1]https://cs.uwaterloo.ca/~a78khan/courses-offered/cs446/2010_05/lecture-
slides/16_CloudComputing.pdf
[2] http://www.cs.iit.edu/~iraicu/teaching/CS553-S12/index.html
[3] https://www.youtube.com/user/arch4cloud/playlists

VRSEC 256
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402C
CYBER SECURITY
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 - ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Computer Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
20CS6302 - Total Marks: 100
Cryptography &
Network Security

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand classification of cyber crimes. K2 1.7.1, 2.6.4
CO1
Understand the impact of cyber attacks K2 1.7.1, 8.3.1
CO2

CO3 Analyse tools and methods used in cyber crime K4 1.7.1, 5.4.1, 5.5.1
Understand organizational implications of cyber K2 3.6.2, 8.3.1
CO4
security
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3
CO4 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION
Introduction of Cybercrime: Definition and Origins of the Word, Cybercrime and
Information Security, Who are Cybercriminals?Classifications of Cybercrimes: E-
Mail Spoofing, Spamming, Internet Time Theft, Salami Attack/Salami Technique,
Data Diddling, Forgery, Web Jacking, Newgroup Spam, Industrial Espionage,
Hacking, Online Frauds, Pornographic Offenses, Software Piracy, Computer
Sabotage, E-Mail bombing, computer network intrusions, password sniffing, credit

VRSEC 257
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

card frauds, identity theft.

UNIT II:
Cyber offenses: Criminals Plan: Categories of Cybercrime Cyber Attacks:
Reconnaissance, Passive Attack, Active Attacks, Scanning/Scrutinizing gathered
Information, Attack, Social Engineering: Classification of Social Engineering.
Cyberstalking: Types of Stalkers, Working of Stalking, Real-Life Incident of
Cyber stalking, Cybercafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime,
Botnet, Attack Vector, Attacks on mobile/cell phones – Theft, viruses, mishing,
vishing, smishing, hacking Bluetooth.

UNIT III:
Tools and Methods: Introduction,Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, how phishing
works, password cracking, keyloggers and spywares, types of viruses,
steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks – classification, types, tools used for
launch, DDoS attacks, protection, SQL injection – steps and prevention, Buffer
Overflow – types and minimizing attack, Attacks on Wireless Networks.

UNIT IV:
Cybersecurity: Organizational Implications –Introduction –Insider threats,
Privacy, Key challenges to organizations, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR
issues,Incident Handling: Definitions, Why Organizations need Incident Response
systems, Examples of incidents, what organizations can do to protect, best
practices for organizations.
TEXT BOOKS
[1]Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapur, “Cyber Security Understanding Cyber Crimes,
Computer Forensics and Legal Perspectives”, 2nd edition, Wiley India
Publications, April, 2015
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] James Graham, R Howard, R Olson, "Cyber Security Essentials" CRC Press,
2018
[2] Michael E Whitman, Herbert J Mattord, "Principles of Information Security",
4th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012
[3] William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security- Principles and
Practice”, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017

VRSEC 258
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1] MITOPENCOURSEWARE Computer Systems Security
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-858-computer-systems-security-fall-
2014/video_galleries/video-lectures/ accessed on 9th Jan 2023
[2]Oxford Home Study Center, Cyber Security short course available @
https://www.oxfordhomestudy.com/courses/cyber-security-courses/free-cyber-
security-online accessed on 9th Jan 2023

VRSEC 259
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402D
UI/UX Design
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand Human factors and Psychology in K2 1.6.1, 1.7.1,
CO1 2.5.2, 2.6.1, 2.6.2
design process of Interactive systems.
Understand interaction and experience design in K2 2.5.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.1,
CO2 the different contexts. 2.6.2, 2.7.1

Apply techniques to design interactive systems K3 2.7.1, 2.7.2, 3.6.1, 3.7.1

CO3
and prototypes.
Apply the user experience from websites, K3 2.6.1, 2.7.2, 3.6.2,
3.7.1, 3.8.1
CO4 mobile and smart devices to design interactive
systems.
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I:
The Importance of the User Interface : Defining the User Interface, The
Importance of Good Design, A Brief History of the Human-Computer Interface,
Introduction of the Graphical User Interface,
Characteristics of Graphical and Web User Interfaces: Interaction Styles,
Command Line, Menu Selection, Form Fill-in, Direct Manipulation,
VRSEC 260
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Anthropomorphic; The Graphical User Interface, The Web User Interface, The
Merging of Graphical Business Systems and the Web, Principles of User
Interface Design.

UNIT II:
The User Interface Design Process: Obstacles and Pitfalls in the Development
Path, Usability, Important Human Characteristics in Design, Human
Considerations in the Design of Business Systems.
Understand the Business Function: Determining Basic Business Functions,
Design Standards or Style Guides.
Understand the Principles of Good Interface and Screen Design: Human
Considerations in Interface and Screen Design.

UNIT III:
Techniques for designing interactive systems: Understanding requirements,
Participative design, Interviews, Questionaires, Probes, Card sorting
techniques,Working with groups, Onsite working.
Envisionment: Basic techniques, Prototypes, Envisionment in practice.
Design: Introduction, Conceptual design, Metaphors in design, Physical design.

UNIT IV:
Agents and Avatars: Agents, Adaptive systems, An architecture for agents,
Applications of agent-based interaction, Avatars and conversational agents

Mobile and Wearable devices: Understanding in mobile computing, Designing

for mobiles, Evaluation for mobile computing, Smart materials, Material
design.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Wilbert O Galitz, The Essential Guide to User Interface Design, 2 ed, Wiley
Dreamatech [UNIT I,II]
[2] David Benyon “Designing Interactive Systems: A Comprehensive Guide to
HCI, UX and Interaction Design”3rd ed. Addison Wesley, 2013, [UNIT III,
IV]
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Alan Dix, Janet Fincay, GreGoryd, Abowd and Russell Bealg, Human

VRSEC 261
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Computer interation. Pearson Education.

[2]Prece, Rogers, Sharps Interation Design. Wiley Dreamatech Soren Lauesen,
User Interface Design. Pearson Education.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Dr.Samit Bhattacharya, CSEm IIT Guwahati, “Human Computer Interation”
NPTEL videos
http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/106103115/
[2] Pradeep P Yammivayar , CSE, IIT Guwahati, NPTEL Videos
http://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=1461&c=15

VRSEC 262
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402E
HIGH SPEED NETWORKS
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Computer Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts of High speed K2 1.7.1, 2.6.4
CO1 networks.
1.7.1, 2.5.2,2.6.2
CO2 Apply different traffic management approaches K3
1.7.1, 2.5.2,2.6.4
CO3 Analyze congestion control mechanisms K4
Understand the different concepts of Integrated K2 1.7.1, 2.6.3
CO4 services.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
Unit I
High Speed Networks
Frame Relay Networks – Asynchronous transfer mode – ATM Protocol
Architecture, ATM logical Connection, ATM Cell – ATM Service Categories –
AAL.
High Speed LAN’s: Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Fiber Channel – Wireless

VRSEC 263
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

LAN’s: applications, requirements – Architecture of 802.11.

Unit II
Congestion and Traffic Management
Queuing Analysis – queuing Models – Single Server Queues – Effects of
Congestion – Congestion Control – Traffic Management – Congestion Control in
Packet Switching Networks – Frame Relay Congestion Control.

Unit III
TCP and ATM Congestion Control
TCP Flow Control – TCP Congestion Control – Retransmission – Timer
Management – Exponential RTO back off – KARN’s Algorithm – Window
Management – Performance of TCP over ATM
Traffic and Congestion control in ATM – Requirements – Attributes – Traffic
Management Frame work, Traffic control – ABR traffic Management - ABR rate
control, RM cell formats ABR Capacity allocations – GFR traffic management.

Unit IV
Integrated and Differentiated Services
Integrated Services Architecture – Approach, Components, Services –
Queuing Discipline, FQ, PS, BRFQ, GPS, WFQ – Random Early Detection,
Differentiated Services. Protocols for QOS Support: RSVP – Goals &
Characteristics, Data Flow, RSVP operations, Protocol Mechanisms –
Multiprotocol Label.
Switching – Operations, Label Stacking, Protocol details – RTP – Protocol
Architecture, Data Transfer Protocol, RTCP.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] William Stallings, “High Speed Networks and Internets”, Pearson Education
India, 2nd edition, 2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] IrvanPepelnjk, Jim Guichard and Jeff Apcar, “MPLS and VPN architecture”,
Cisco Press, Volume 1 and 2, 2003.
[2] Tom Sheldon, “Encyclopedia of Networking and telecommunications” TMH,
2001

VRSEC 264
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

[1]Prof.A. Pal, Department of Computer Science Engineering,IITKharagpur
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oSQrL4x-YiM
[2] Prof. Sujoy GhoshComputer Networks, IIT Kharagpur
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105081

VRSEC 265
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402F
PATTERN RECOGNITION
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20BS4101-Probability ContinuousEvaluation: 30
and Statistics Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basic concepts and K2 1.2.1,1.6.1
CO1 importance of pattern recognition.

Analysis the supervised, unsupervised and semi- K4 1.2.1,1.6.1

CO2 supervised learning

Apply the Bayesian decision theory for K3 1.2.1,1.6.1,

2.5.3,2.6.2
CO3 continuous and discrete features

Understand the Maximum likelihood and K2 1.2.1,1.6.1,

2.5.3,2.6.2
CO4 Bayesian parameter estimation
1.2.1,1.6.1,
CO5 Understand the major issues in clustering K2
2.5.3,2.6.2
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 1
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1

VRSEC 266
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction: Machine perception, pattern recognition example, pattern
recognition systems, the design cycle, learning and adaptation,
Bayesian Decision Theory: Introduction, continuous features –two
categories classifications, minimum error-rate classification-zero–one loss
function, classifiers, discriminant functions, and decision surfaces.

Unit II
Normal density: Univariate and multivariate density, discriminant functions for
the normal density different cases, Bayes decision theory –discrete features,
compound Bayesian decision theory and context.

Unit III
Maximum likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation:
Introduction, maximum likelihood estimation, Bayesian estimation,
Bayesian parameter estimation–Gaussian case, Component analysis and
Discriminants: Principal Component Analysis, Fisher Linear Discriminant,
Multiple Discriminant Analysis

Unit IV
Un-supervised learning and clustering: Introduction, mixture densities and
identifiability, maximum likelihood estimates, application to normal
mixtures, K-means clustering. Date description and clustering –similarity
measures, criteria function for clustering.
TEXT BOOKS
[1]Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stroke, “Pattern
Classifications”, 2nd Edition, Wiley Student Edition,2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] EarlGose, Richard John Baugh and Steve Jost, “Pattern Recognition and
Image Analysis”, PHI, 2004.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Prof. P.K. Biswas. (June 2014). Pattern Recognition and Applications
[NPTEL,Video lecture]. Available: http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/117105101/

VRSEC 267
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7402G
HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING
Course Category: Program Elective III Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS3305 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Data Structures Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand parallel programming K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1, 2.5.3
CO1 platforms and parallel algorithms on
parallel computer systems.
Analyze the performance of a parallel K4 1.6.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO2 programto outfit a particular platform. 2.6.4, 2.7.2,3.6.1, 3.6.2
,4.4.2, 4,6,1, 5.4.2
Understand the accelerated technologies of K2 1.2.1,2.6.2,
2.6.4,2.7.2,4.6.4
CO3 Multicore processor systems usingMPI, Open
MP and threading techniques.
Applythe concepts of dense matrix, sorting and K3 1.6.1, 2.5.2, 2.6.3,
CO4 graphs. 2.6.4, 2.7.2,3.6.1, 3.6.2
,4.4.2, 4,6,1, 5.4.2
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 1

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2

CO3 2 2 2 1 1

CO4 1 2 2 2 2 1 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Parallel Programming Platforms: Implicit parallelism: Trends in
Microprocessor Architectures, Limitations of memory system performance,
Dichotomy of parallel computing platforms, physical organization of parallel
VRSEC 268
 Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

platforms, Routing mechanisms for interconnection networks.

Principles of Parallel Algorithm Design: Preliminaries, decomposition
Techniques, Characteristics of tasks and interactions, mapping techniques for
load balancing, parallel algorithm models.
UNIT II
Basic communication operations: One-to-All Broadcast and All-to-One
Reduction, All-to-All Broadcast and Reduction, All-Reduce and Prefix-Sum
Operations, Scatter and Gather.
Analytical modelling of parallel programs: sources of overhead in parallel
programs, performance metrics for parallel systems, The Effect of granularity on
performance, scalability of parallel systems.
UNIT III
Programming using the message passing paradigm: Principles of Message
passing programming, the building blocks: Send and Receive Operations, MPI:
the message passing interface, Overlapping communication with computation,
collective communication and computation Operations.
Programming shared address space platforms: Thread Basics, why Threads,
Thread Basics: Creation and Termination, Synchronization primitives in
Pthreads, OpenMP: a standard for Directive based Parallel Programming.
UNIT IV
Dense Matrix Algorithms: Matrix-Vector Multiplication, Matrix – Matrix
Multiplication, Quick sort.
Sorting: Issues in Sorting on Parallel Computers, Sorting Networks, Bubble sort
and its variants.
Graph Algorithms: Minimum Spanning Tree: Prim’s Algorithm, Single-
Source shortest paths: Dijkstra’s Algorithm, all-pairs shortest paths, Transitive
closure, connected components.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] AnanthGrama, Anshul Gupta, George Karypis, Vipin Kumar: Introduction to
Parallel Computing, Second Edition Pearson Education, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP
McGraw-Hill International Editions, Computer Science Series, 2004.
[2] David B. Kirk, Wen-meiW.Hwu, Programming Massively Parallel Processors

VRSEC 269
 Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

A Hands-on Approach, Third Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2016.

[3] Joseph Jaja, "An Introduction to Parallel Algorithms", Addison-wesley,
1992.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/108/106108055/
[2] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102163/
[3] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/128/106/128106014/
[4] https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs39/preview

VRSEC 270
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403A
PREDICTIVE MODELING AND ANALYTICS
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS6301 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Machine Learning Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the fundamentals and K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1
CO1 functionalities of Data Mining

Apply the preprocessing techniques to prepare K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1,

CO2 the datasets. 2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1

Analyze appropriate predictive modeling K4 1.2.1, 1.7.1

CO3 approaches to identify cases to progress with. 2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
3.6.1
Apply predictive modeling approaches using a K3 1.2.1, 1.7.1,
CO4 suitable package such as SPSS Modeler 2.5.2, 2.6.4, 2.8.1
3.5.1, 3.6.1, 3.7.1
9.4.1
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 2
CO2 2 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Data Mining Introduction, what is Data Mining? Concepts of
Data mining, Technologies Used, Data Mining Process, KDD Process Model,
CRISP – DM, Mining on various kinds of data, Applications of Data Mining,
Challenges of Data Mining.

VRSEC 271
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II
Data Understanding and Preparation Introduction, Reading data from various
sources, Data visualization, Distributions and summary statistics, Relationships
among variables, Extent of Missing Data. Segmentation, Outlier detection,
Automated Data Preparation, Combining data files, Aggregate Data, Duplicate
Removal, Sampling DATA, Data Caching, Partitioning data, Missing Values.
UNIT III
Model development & techniques Data Partitioning, Model selection, Model
Development Techniques, Neural networks, Decision trees, Logistic regression,
Discriminant analysis, Support vector machine, Bayesian Networks, Linear
Regression, Cox Regression, Association rules.
UNIT IV
Model Evaluation and Deployment Introduction, Model Validation, Rule
Induction Using CHAID, Automating Models for Categorical and Continuous
targets, Comparing and Combining Models, Evaluation Charts for Model
Comparison, MetaLevel Modeling, Deploying Model, Assessing Model
Performance, Updating a Model.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Predictive & Advanced Analytics (IBM ICE Publication)
[2] Jiawei Han, MichelineKamber and Jian Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and
Techniques, 3rd ed.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Eric Siegal, “Predictive Analytics”, Wiley Publications, 2016
[2] Edward W. Frees, Glenn Meyers, Richard A. Derrig, “Predictive Modeling
Applications in Actuarial Science: Volume 2, Case Studies in Insurance
(International Series on Actuarial Science)”, Cambridge press, 2016.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 272
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403B
BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS5301 Database ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Management Systems Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts of Big Data K2 2.5.1,
CO1 Analytics and hadoop 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4

Analyze large dataset with Hadoop Distributed K4 2.5.1,2.5.2,2.6.3,

2.7.1,3.5.1,3.8.2
CO2 File System and MapReduce techniques to
optimize storage space.
Apply MapReduce, Pig, and Hive tools for data K3 2.5.1, 2.5.2,2.6.4
CO3 analytics. 3.5.1,3.8.2

Apply Sqoop, and Zookeeper tools for solving K3 2.5.1, 2.5.2,2.6.3,

CO4 the Data Analysis problems. 3.5.1,3.6.2,3.8.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes

(1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction to Big Data Analytics: Big Data Overview, State of the Practice
in Analytics, Key Roles for the New Big Data Ecosystem, Examples of Big Data
Analytics.

VRSEC 273
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Data Analytics Lifecycle: Data Analytics Lifecycle Overview, Discovery, Data

Preparation, Model Planning, Model Building, Communicate Results,
Operationalize.
Introduction to Hadoop: Data storage and analysis, Comparison with other
systems, A Brief History of Hadoop, Apache Hadoop and the Hadoop
Ecosystem.
UNIT II
Hadoop Distributed File system: The Design of HDFS, HDFS concepts,
Command-Line Interface, Hadoop file systems, The Java Interface, Data Flow,
Hadoop Archives.
Hadoop I/O: Data Integrity in HDFS, LocalFileSystem, ChecksumFileSystem,
Compression, Serialization, File-Based Data Structures,SequentailFile,Map File.
UNIT III
MapReduce: A Weather Dataset, Analyzing the data with Hadoop, Map and
Reduce, Java Map and Reduce, Scaling Out, Hadoop Streaming, Hadoop Pipes.
MapReduce Types and Formats: MapReduce Types, Input Formats, Output
Formats.
MapReduce Features: Counters, Sorting, Joins, Side Data Distribution and
MapReduce Library Classes.
UNIT IV
Pig: Pig-Installation and Running of Pig, Execution Types, Running Pig
Programs, Pig Latin Editors, Comparison with databases, Pig Latin, Functions,
Data Processing Operators.
Hive: Installing Hive, An Example, Running Hive, Comparison with Traditional
Databases, HiveQL, Tables, Querying Data.
Zookeeper: Zookeeper Service, Building applications with Zookeeper,
Zookeeper in production.
Sqoop: Database Imports, working with Imported Data, Importing Large
Objects,Performing an Export.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] “Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing
and Presenting Data”, EMC Education Services, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2015.
[2] Tom White, “Hadoop, The Definitive Guide”, 3rd Edition, O’Reilly
Publications, 2012.
VRSEC 274
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] BartBaesens, “Analytics in a Big Data World: The Essential Guide to Data
Science and its Applications”, Wiley Publications, 2014.
[2] Anil Maheswari, “Data Analytics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1stEdition, 2017.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Frank Kane, Sundog Education Team, “Big Data Analytics”,Udemy.
https://www.udemy.com/topic/big- data/ Available: Last accessed on
November 2022.
[2] Prof. Rajiv Misra. (14th September 2020), Department of Computer
Science & Engineering, I.I.T.,Patna, “ Big Data Computing”,
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs92/preview, NPTEL videos.

VRSEC 275
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403C
BIG DATA ON CLOUD
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS5301: Database ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Management Systems Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts and K2 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2

CO1 technologies of big data

analytics.
Apply the techniques in handing and K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,
2.6.3,2.7.1,3.5.1,
CO2 analysis of big data. 5.1.2

Apply cloud frameworks and K3 1.7.1,2.5.1,

2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4
CO3 technologies on real world applications. 3.5.1,5.1.2

Understand fine data intensive K2 2.5.1, 2.5.2,2.6.3,2.6.4,

3.5.1, 5.1.2
CO4 computing.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 1 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction To Big Data: Classification of digital data, Characteristics of
Data, Evolution of Big Data, Definition of Big Data, Challenges with Big Data,
What is Big Data?, Other Characteristics of Data, Why Big Data?, Information?,
VRSEC 276
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Traditional Business Intelligence (BI) versus Big Data, A Typical Data

Warehouse Environment, A Typical Hadoop Environment, What is New
Today?, What is changing in the Realms of Big Data?
Big Data Analytics: What is Big Data Analytics? What Big Data Analytics Isnt?
Classification of Analytics, Top Challenges Facing Big Data, Why is Big Data
Analytics Important? Data Science, Few Top Analytics Tools.
UNIT II
Bigdata Technology Landscape
NoSQL (Not Only SQL): Introduction, Types of NoSQL databases,
Advantages, Uses of NoSQL, NewSQl, comparison of SQL, NoSQL and
NewSQL.
MongoDB: Introduction, using JSON, Terms used in RDBMS and MongoDB,
Datatypes, MongoDB Query Language,
Introduction to Cassandra: Apache Cassandra, features of Cassandra, CQL
datatypes, CRUD operations, collections, alert commands, Import and Export
UNIT III
Cloud Computing Terminology:Cloud Computing at a Glance, Historical
Developments, Building Cloud Computing Environments, Computing Platforms
and Technologies, Virtualization: Introduction, Characteristics of Virtualized,
Environments Taxonomy of Virtualization Techniques, Virtualization and Cloud
Computing, Pros and Cons of Virtualization, Technology Examples.
Cloud Computing Architecture: Introduction, Cloud Reference Model,
Architecture, Types of Clouds, Economics of the Cloud, Open Challenges,
Aneka: Cloud Application Platform: Framework Overview, Anatomy of the
Aneka Container, Building Aneka Clouds, Cloud Programming and
Management.
UNIT IV
Data Intensive computing: What is data intensive computing? Technologies for
data intensive computing, Aneka MapReduce Programming
Industrial platforms and new developments:
Amazon web services: Compute Services, Storage Services, Communication
services, Additional Services.
Google AppEngine: Architecture and core concepts, Application life cycle, cost
model, observations.

VRSEC 277
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Microsoft Azure: Azure core concepts, SQL Azure, Windows Azure platform
appliance, observations.

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Big Data and Analytics – Seema Acharya, SubhashiniChellappan Willey
India ISBN 13 9788126554782
[2] Mastering Cloud Computing – RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vecchiola, and
ThamaraiSelvi McGraw Hill Education
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop – VigneshPrajapati, 2013 Packt
Publishing.
[2] Cloud Computing Bible – Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley-India, 2010.
[3] Cloud Computing: A Practical Approach – Toby Velte, Anthony Velte,
Robert Elsenpeter, McGraw Hill Professional Publications, 2009.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Courseera: fundamentals of Big data by Eric Herman fundamentals-of-big-
data-course-courl3640

VRSEC 278
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403D
CYBER FORENSICS
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304Computer ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
20CS6302 Total Marks: 100
Cryptography &
Network Security

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts of cyber K2 1.7.1
CO1 forensics related Issues.
1.7.1, 3.6.2
CO2 Analyse the process of various forensic systems. K4
Analyze Evidence capture mechanism and K4 1.7.1, 3.6.2
CO3 Recovery steps

Apply principles of electronic communications K3 2.6.3

CO4 and report evidences.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Forensic Terminology and Investigations: Introduction, Traditional problems
in investigation, Forensic science and disk structure. Forensic Laboratory:
Developing computer Forensic Science capabilities, Minimum Housing

VRSEC 279
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

requirements, Hardware and Software requirements, Popular Software.

UNIT II
Search and Seize Computer Related Evidence: Identifying Digital Evidence,
Collecting the Evidence in Private-Sector Incident Scenes, Processing law
Enforcement Crime Scenes, Preparing for a Search, Securing a Computer
Incident or Crime Scene, Sizing Digital evidence at the Scene, Storing Digital
evidence, obtaining a Digital Hash.
UNIT III
Computer Forensics Analysis and Validation: Determining What Data to
Collect and Anlyze, Validating Forensic Data, Addressing Data-Hiding
Techniques, Performing Remote Acquisition, Current Forensic Tool: Evaluating
Computer Forensics Toll Needs, Computer Forensics Software Tools, Computer
Forensics Hardware Tools, Validating and Testing Forensics Software
UNIT IV
E-mail Investigations& Report Writing: Exploring the Role of E-mail in
Investigations, Exploring the Role of Client and Server in E-mail, Investigating
E-mail Crimes and Violations, Using Specialized E-mail Forensics Tools,
Report Writing
TEXT BOOKS
[1] John R. Vacca, Firewall Media, “Computer Forensics: Computer Crime
Investigation”, Charles River Media, 2015.
[2] Nelson, Phillips Enfinger, Steuart , “Computer Forensics and Investigations”,
CENGAGE , 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Keith J. Jones, Richard Bejtlieh, Curtis W. Rose, Addison , Real Digital
Forensics, Wesley Pearson Education,2006
[2] Tony Sammes and Brain Jenkinson, “Forensic Compiling”, Springer,2007
[3] ChristopherL.T.Brown, “ Computer Evidence Collection & Preservation”,
Firewall Media, 2005.
[4]Chuck Eastom, “Certified Cyber Forensics Professional
Certification:McGraw Hill, July 2017
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://www.cybrary.it/glossary/d-the-glossary/digital-forensics/
[2] https://www.udemy.com/topic/digital-forensics/

VRSEC 280
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403E
CROSS PLATFORM GAME DEVELOPMENT
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20ES3102 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Java Programming Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand 2D graphics and Linear K2 1.6.1,3.5.6,5.4.1
CO1 Algebra concept in game design and
development.
Understand 3D graphics and tools of Game K2 1.7.1,3.8.3,5.4.2
CO2 Development

Apply Artificial Intelligence and UI design K3 3.8.2,5.5.2

CO3 concept in game programming.

CO4 Apply Scripting and Networking Gamming K3 1.7.1,5.5.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 1 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 2 3
CO4 2 3 3

COURSE CONTENT
Unit I
Game Programming Overview: Evolution of Video Game Programming, The
Game Loop, Time and Games, Game Objects.
2D Graphics: 2D Rendering Foundations, Sprites, Scrolling, Tile Maps
Linear Algebra for Games: Vectors, Matrices
VRSEC 281
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Unit II
3D Graphics: Basics, Coordinate Spaces, Lighting and Shading, Visibility,
World Transform
Input : Input Devices, Event-Based Input Systems, Mobile Input
Sound: Basic Sound, 3D Sound Digital Signal Processing, Other Sound Topics
Physics: Planes, Rays, and Line Segments, Collision Geometry, Collision ,
Physics-Based Movement, Physics Middleware
Unit III
Cameras: Types of Cameras, Perspective Projections, Camera Implementations,
Camera Support Algorithms
Artificial Intelligence: “Real” AI versus Game AI, Path finding, State-Based
Behaviors, Strategy and Planning.
User Interfaces: Menu Systems, HUD Element, Other UI Considerations
Unit IV
Scripting Languages and Data Formats: Scripting Languages, Implementing a
Scripting Language, Data Formats
Case Study: UI Mods in World of Warcraft.
Networked Games: Protocols, Network Topology, Cheating.
Sample Game: Side-Scroller for iOS, Overview, Code Analysis
Sample Game: Tower Defense for PC/Mac, Overview, Code Analysis.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Sanjay Madhav, Game Programming Algorithms and Techniques. Addison
Wesley, 2013
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Jeremy Gibson, Introduction to Game Design, Prototyping, and
Development: From Concept to
Playable Game with Unity and C#. 3rd ed, Addison Wesley, 2020
[2] Steven Goodwin, Cross-Platform Game Programming, Charles River
Media, 2005
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Game Design and Development with Unity 2020 Specialization, Coursera,
https://in.coursera.org/specializations/game-design-and-development , accessed
on November,2022

VRSEC 282
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403F
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Computer Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand Wireless Network and its
CO1 Topologies K2 1.2.2, 2.7.1, 3.7.1

Understand Wireless LAN standards and

CO2 Bluetooth K2 1.2.2,2.8.1, 3.8.3

CO3 Apply Wireless Routing Protocols K3 1.2.2, 2.5.3, 4.4.2

CO4 Apply Satellite Communication Technologies K3 1.2.1, 2.8.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 2 1
CO2 3 2 1 1
CO3 2 3 1 1 1
CO4 1 3 2 1 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction: Introduction to Wireless Networks, Wireless Network
Topologies, Characteristics of the Wireless Medium, GSM Cellular Network
concept, Cellular transmission principles Typical cell layout, Signals
Transmission interference, Cell splitting, TDMA technology, Spread spectrum
and CDMA technology, GPRS, 3G, 4G and long-term evolution, 5G.

VRSEC 283
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II
Wireless LAN Standards: Evolution of IEEE 802.1, Introduction to IEEE
802.11, General Description, Medium Access Control (MAC) for the IEEE
802.11, WLANs Physical Layer for IEEE 802.11, WLANs; Radio systems, IR
Systems Applications.
Bluetooth: Bluetooth and IEEE 802.15, Bluetooth Specifications, Bluetooth
Architectures, Bluetooth Protocols, Bluetooth Service Discovery, Bluetooth
MAC, Bluetooth Packet Structure, Bluetooth Audio, Bluetooth Addressing,
Bluetooth Limitations, Zigbee.
UNIT III
WAP: The WAP Forum, WAP Service Model, WAP Protocol Architecture,
WAP Programming Model, Mobile applications, and Mobile IP, Mobile adhoc
networks (MANET) Wireless Routing Protocol, Cluster Switch Gateway
Routing (CSGR), Ad Hoc On-Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV).
Dynamic Source Routing (DSR), Zone Routing Protocol (ZRP), Source Tree
Adaptive Routing (STAR).
UNIT IV
Satellite Communication: Overview of Satellite Systems, Orbits and Launching
Methods, Geostationary Orbit, Radio Wave propagation, Interference, Satellite
Access, Satellites in Networks, Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) Television,
Satellite Services, INSAT, VSAT, Remote Sensing, Satellite Mobile and
Specialized Services.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Cory Beard, William Stallings, Wireless Communication Networks and
Systems, Pearson Education, 2015. (Unit I, II)
[2] William Stallings, Wireless communications and Networks, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education Asia, 2005. (Unit III, IV)
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, 2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley,
2000.
[2] Chai-KeongToh, Adhoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols and Systems,
Addition Wesley, 2002.
[3] Dennis Roddy, Satellite Communications, Fourth Edition, McGraw hill 2008.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Introduction to Wireless and Cellular Communications,

VRSEC 284
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee66/preview

VRSEC 285
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7403G
SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES
Course Category: Program Elective IV Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS6303 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Software Engineering Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basic concepts of K2 1.2.1,1.7.1,2.5.1,
CO1 testing and defects. 4.6.3

Apply path testing, data flow and transaction K3 1.2.1,2.5.1, 2.5.3

CO2 flow testing.

Apply path testing, data flow and transaction K3 1.2.1,2.5.1, 2.5.3

CO3 flow testing.

Apply domain testing, reduction procedure K3 1.2.1,2.8.1, 4.4.1

CO4 algorithm.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 3 1

CO2 3 1 1 3 1

CO3 1 1

CO4 1 1 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Introduction To Testing as An Engineering Activity: Role of Process in
Software Quality, Testing as a Process, Basic Definitions, Software Testing
Principles, The Tester’s Role in a software development Organization, Origins
of Defects, Defect Classes, The Defect Repository and Test Design, Defect

VRSEC 286
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Examples, Developer/Tester Support for Developing a Defect Repository, Test

case design strategies, Test planning.
Flow graphs and Path testing: Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path
predicates andAchievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation,
application of path testing.
UNIT II
Dataflow testing: Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing,
application of dataflow testing.
Transaction flow testing: Transaction flows, Transaction Flow Testing
Techniques, Implementation.
UNIT III
Domain Testing: Domains and paths, Nice domains and ugly domains, Domain
testing, Domain and Interface testing, Domains and testability.
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions: path products and path
expression, reduction procedure, applications, regular expressions and flow
anomaly detection,
UNIT IV
Logic Based Testing: overview, decision tables, path expressions, KV charts,
specifications,

State, State Graphs and Transition testing: state graphs, good and bad state
graphs, state testing, Transition testing.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Ilene Burnstein, “practical software testing”, First Indian Reprint, Springer-
Verlag, 2004[UNIT 1]
[2] Boris Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, 2 ed, Dreamtech
[UNIT II,III,IV]
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Naresh Chauhan, Software testing: principles and practices, Oxford
University Press, 2010.
[2] Perry, Effective Methods of Software Testing, John Wiley
[3] Edward Kit, Software Testing in the Real World. Pearson
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] Software testing Tutorial for Beginners
https://freevideolectures.com/course/3655/softwaretesting
[2] Software testing technology
VRSEC 287
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

https://www.techtarrget.com/whatis/definition/software-testing

VRSEC 288
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7404A
DEEP LEARNING
Course Category: Program Elective V Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS6301 Machine ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Learning Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the fundamentals of K2 1.2.1, 1.7.1,2.8.1
CO1 Applied Math for deep learning
1.2.1,1.7.1,2.8.1,
CO2 Apply various Neural Networks in TensorFlow K3
3.6.2 ,4.6.1,5.4.1
Understand various Architectures of Deep K2 1.2.1,1.7.1,
CO3 Networks 2.5.2, 5.5.2

Understand various Tuning techniques for deep K2 1.2.1,1.7.1,

CO4 networks 2.5.2, 5.5.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 1
CO2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO3 1 2 2 1 1
CO4 1 2 2 1 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION
The Math Behind Machine Learning: Linear Algebra: Scalars,Vectors,
Matrices, Tensors, Hyperplanes, Mathematical Operations
The Math Behind Machine Learning: Statistics :Probabilities, Distributions,

VRSEC 289
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Resampling methods
Implementing Neural Networks in TensorFlow: What Is TensorFlow? How
Does TensorFlow Compare to Alternatives? Installing TensorFlow , Creating
and Manipulating TensorFlow Variables ,TensorFlow Operations , Placeholder
Tensors , Sessions in TensorFlow Navigating Variable Scopes and Sharing
Variables , Managing Models over the CPU and GPU, Specifying the Logistic
Regression Model in TensorFlow, Logging and Training the Logistic Regression
ModelOverview of machine learning, linear classifiers
UNIT II
Foundations of Neural Networks and Deep Learning: Neural Networks The
Biological Neuron The Perceptron Multilayer Feed-Forward Networks Training
Neural Networks Backpropagation Learning
Activation Functions: Sigmoid, Softmax, Rectified Linear Unit
Loss Functions: Loss Function Notation ,Loss Functions for Regression, Loss
Functions for Classification, Loss Functions for Reconstruction
Hyperparameters: Learning Rate ,Regularization , Momentum, Sparsity
UNIT III
Fundamentals of Deep Networks
Define Deep learning, Deep networks, Common Architectural Principles of
Deep Networks, Building Blocks of Deep Networks
Major Architectures of Deep Networks: Convolutional Neural Networks
(CNNs):CNN Architecture Overview, Layers and Applications of CNNs
Recurrent Neural Networks: General Recurrent Neural Network Architecture,
LSTM Networks, Applications
Unsupervised Pretrained Networks: Deep Belief Networks (DBNs)
Generative Adversarial Networks (GANs)
UNIT IV
Deep Learning applications: Image segmentation, Self-Driving Cars, News
Aggregation and Fraud News Detection Natural Language Processing, Virtual
Assistants, Entertainment, Visual Recognition Fraud Detection, Healthcare.
Tuning techniques for deep networks: Basic Concepts in Tuning Deep Belief
Networks (DBNs) Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) and Recurrent
Neural Networks

VRSEC 290
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, Deep Learning: A Practitioner's Approach,
OReilly, 2017.[Unit1,II,III,IV]
[2] Buduma, Nikhil, and Nicholas Locascio. Fundamentals of deep learning:
Designing next generation machine intelligence algorithms. " O'Reilly
Media, Inc.", 2017 [Unit I]
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Ian Goodfellow,YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press,
2017
[2] Charu C. Aggarwal, “Neural Networks and Deep Learning”, Springer, 2018.
[3] Gulli, Antonio, and Sujit Pal. Deep learning with Keras. Packt Publishing
Ltd, 2017.
[4] Buduma, Nikhil, and Nicholas Locascio. Fundamentals of deep learning:
Designing
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106184/
[2] Ian GoodFellow, Introduction to Deep Learning

VRSEC 291
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7404B
CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
Course Category: Program Elective V Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304-Computer ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Apply Embedded system concepts to K3 2.5.2, 2.6.3,2.6.4,
2.8.4
CO1 solve real word problems.
2.6.3, 2.6.4, 2.8.3,
CO2 Understand solution to automated systems. K2
2.8.4
Apply concepts of embedded systems and K3 2.5.2, 2.6.3, 2.6.4,
CO3 microcontroller to enhance existing systems. 2.8.4

Apply concepts and logic to solve unknown K3 2.5.2, 2.6.3, 2.6.4,

CO4 problem in research and industry. 2.8.4

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1

CO2 2 1

CO3 2 1

CO4 2 1

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I:
Introduction: Cyber-Physical System, Key Features of CPS, Application
Domains of CPS, Basic principles of design and validation of CPS, Challenges
in CPS.

VRSEC 292
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II:
CPS Platform components: CPS HW platforms, Processors, Sensors and
Actuators, CPS Network - Wireless, CAN, Automotive Ethernet, Scheduling
Real Time CPS tasks, Synchronous Model and Asynchronous Model

UNIT III:
Synchronous and Asynchronous Model: Reactive Components, Components
Properties, Components Composing, Synchronous Designs and Circuits,
Asynchronous Processes and operations, Design Primitives in Asynchronous
Process, Coordination Protocols in Asynchronous Process, Leader Election,
Reliable Transmission.

UNIT IV:
Security of Cyber-Physical Systems: Introduction to CPS Securities,
Basic Techniques in CPS Securities, Cyber Security Requirements, Attack
Model and Countermeasures, Advanced Techniques in CPS Securities.

CPS Application: Health care and Medical Cyber-Physical Systems, Smart grid
and Energy Cyber-Physical Systems, WSN based Cyber-Physical Systems,
Smart Cities.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] E. A. Lee and S. A. Seshia, “Introduction to Embedded Systems: A Cyber-
Physical Systems Approach”, 2011.
[2]. R. Alur, “Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems,” MIT Press, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Raj Rajkumar, Dionisio de Niz and Mark Klein, “Cyber-Physical Systems”,
Addison-Wesley, 2017
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 293
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7404C
BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Course Category: Program Elective V Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS6302 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Cryptography & Semester end Evaluation: 70
Network Security Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the basics of block chain, K2 1.71
CO1 Mining, Consensus.

Analyze the architecture of block chain and K4 1.71

CO2 Consensus agreement methods.

Understand block chain components with the K2 1.7.1, 5.4.1

CO3 development tools.

Apply various technologies to Integrate Block K3 1.7.1

CO4 Chain.

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
Basics of Block chain: Introduction, History, Definition of Block chain,
Fundamentals of Block chain, Characteristics, Public, Private, and Hybrid Block
chains, Distributed Ledger Technologies, Architecture of Block chain.

VRSEC 294
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT II
Consensus: Introduction, Consensus Approach, Consensus Algorithms,
Byzantine Agreement Methods, Consensus in Trust-Building Exercise.
Mining: Introduction, Mining Nodes, Mining the block, Validating a New
Block, Blockchain Forks, Mining Hardware and Software
UNIT III
Blockchain Components: Introduction, Ethereum, History, Ethereum Virtual
Machine, Working of Ethereum, Ethereum Clients, Key Pairs, Addresses,
Wallets, Transactions, Development Tools.
UNIT IV
Blockchain Applications: Smart Contracts, Supply Chain Management,
Finance,

Blokchain Allied Technologies: Cloud Computing, Artificial Intelligence, IoT,

Machine Learning, Robotic Process Automation
TEXT BOOKS
[1] A. Sourabh, A. Sexena,”Blockhain Technology: Concepts and
Applications”, Wiley, 2019.
[2] Melanie Swan, “Blockhain”, O’Reilly, 2nd Ed, 2018
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Andreas M. Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin”, O’Reilly, 2nd Ed, 2017.
[2] Manav Gupta, “Blockchain for Dummies”, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Ed, 2018
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] https://www.cybrary.it/blog/blockchain-technology-in-information-security/ -
Accessed on 17-11-2022
[2] Prof. Sandeep Chakraborty, IIT Kharagpur
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105184/ - Accessed on 17-11-
2022

VRSEC 295
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7404D
VIRTUAL REALITY TECHNOLOGIES AND AR DEVELOPMENT
Course Category: Program Elective V Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20ES3102 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Java Programming Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts of virtual K2 1.2.1,1.6.1,2.6.1,
2.7.1
CO1 reality and Communication Media
1.2.1,1.6.1,2.6.1,
CO2 Understand about the human perceptual system. K2
2.7.1
Understand about various input and output K2 1.2.1,1.6.1,2.6.1,
CO3 devices used in the virtual reality 2.7.1

Apply the concepts of Representation and K3 1.2.1,1.6.1,2.6.1,

CO4 Rendering of the Virtual World. 2.7.1

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 1 2 1

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 296
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

UNIT I
INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL REALITY (VR): Defining Virtual
Reality, Five key elements of the virtual reality experience, Virtual Reality,
Telepresence, Augmented Reality and Cyberspace, History of Virtual Reality.
VR-THE MEDIUM: Communicating through a Medium, Communication:
Conveyance of Ideas, Common Issues of Human Communication Media.

UNIT II
THE HUMAN IN THE LOOP: The Human Perceptual System: Sensation-
The Physiological Side of Perception, Visual Perception, Aural Perception,
Haptic Perception, Vestibular Perception, Olfactory Perception, Gustation
Perception, Cross-Sensory Effects and Virtual Reality.
PRESENCE AND EMBODIMENT: The Concept of Presence, The
Determinants and Responses of Presence, Measuring Presence, Embodiment.

UNIT III
Interfacing the Participant(s) with the Virtual World (INPUT): Input
Technologies-Input Classifications, Position-Tracking Technologies, Using
Inputs within a Virtual Reality System-Position Tracking the Body, Physical
Input Devices, Body Posture and Gesture Recognition, Speech Recognition
(Audio Input). Input Technologies-Input Classifications, Position-Tracking
Technologies, Using Inputs within a Virtual Reality System-Position Tracking
the Body, Physical Input Devices, Body Posture and Gesture Recognition,
Speech Recognition (Audio Input).
INTERFACING THE VIRTUAL WORLD WITH THE
PARTICIPANT(S)(OUTPUT): Visual
Displays-Nonocclusive Head-Based Displays, Smartphone-Virtual Reality
Head-Based Displays, Handheld Virtual Reality, Summary of Visual Display
Paradigms; Aural Displays-Properties of Aural Displays, Aural Display
Paradigms; Haptic Displays-Properties of Haptic Displays, Haptic Display
Paradigms, Tactile Haptic Displays, End-Effector Displays.

UNIT IV
PRESENTING THE VIRTUAL WORLD: Representation of the Virtual
World- Verisimilitude, Human Perception, choosing a Mapping, Quantitative

VRSEC 297
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

and Qualitative Representations; Visual Representation in VR, Aural

Representation in VR, Haptic Representation in VR; Rendering Systems-
Visual Rendering Systems, Sonic Rendering Systems, Haptic Rendering
Systems.

THE VIRTUAL REALITY EXPERIENCE: Immersion, providing the

Context, Physical/Sensory Immersion, Mental Immersion, the virtual World:
Substance of the Virtual World, Object Modelling and World Layout.
TEXT BOOKS
[1] William R. Sherman and Alan B. Craig, Understanding Virtual Reality
Interface, Application, and Design, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
Elsevier, 2019.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Rajesh K. Maurya, Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality System, 3rd
Edition, Wiley Publication, 2018.
[2]. Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, Virtual Reality Technology, 2nd
Edition, Wiley,2017.
[3]. K.S. Hale and K. M. Stanney, Handbook on Virtual Environments, 2nd
Edition, CRC Press, 2015
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1].Virtual Reality, IIT Madras Prof Steven
LaVallehttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106138 - Accessed on 17-11-2022
[2].DrM.Manivannan, Professor, Department of Applied Mechanics, IIT
Madras.https://elearn.nptel.ac.in/shop/iit-workshops/completed/foundation-
course-on-virtual-reality-and-augmented-reality/ - Accessed on 17-11-2022

VRSEC 298
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7404E
ADHOC AND SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Category: Program Elective V Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS4304 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Computer Networks Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the concepts, network K2 1.7.1, 2.6.4
CO1 architectures and applications of ad hoc
and wireless sensor networks
Analyze the applications and issues related to K4 1.7.1, 2.5.2,2.6.2
CO2 Wireless ad hoc networks

Understand the working of MAC and Routing K2 1.7.1, 2.5.2,2.6.4

CO3 Protocols for ad hoc and sensor networks

Analyze the issues related to sensor network K4 1.7.1, 2.6.3

CO4 implementation

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3
CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2

CO4 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I:
Fundamentals Of Wireless Communication Technology, The Electromagnetic
Spectrum, Radio Propagation Mechanisms, Characteristics of The Wireless
Channel

VRSEC 299
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS: Cellular And Ad Hoc Wireless

Networks, Applications Of Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Issues In Ad Hoc
Wireless Networks, Ad Hoc Wireless Internet

UNIT II:
MAC PROTOCOLS FOR AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS: Issues In
Designing A Mac Protocol For Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Design Goals Of A
Mac Protocol For Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Classifications Of Mac Protocols
CONTENTION-BASED PROTOCOLS - MACAW: A Media Access
Protocol for Wireless LANs, Floor Acquisition Multiple Access Protocols,
CONTENTION-BASED PROTOCOLS WITH RESERVATION
MECHANISMS - Distributed Packet Reservation Multiple Access Protocol,
Collision Avoidance Time Allocation Protocol, Five-Phase Reservation Protocol

UNIT III:
ROUTING PROTOCOLS FOR AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS:
Issues In Designing A Routing Protocol For Ad Hoc Wireless Networks,
Classifications Of Routing Protocols, Table-Driven Routing Protocols -
Destination Sequenced Distance-Vector Routing Protocol, Wireless Routing
Protocol, On-Demand Routing Protocols - Dynamic Source Routing Protocol,
Ad Hoc On-Demand Distance-Vector Routing Protocol, Temporally Ordered
Routing Algorithm, Hybrid Routing Protocols - Zone Routing Protocol, Power-
Aware Routing Protocols

UNIT IV:

WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Applications Of Sensor Networks,

Comparison With Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Issues And Challenges In
Designing A Sensor Network, Sensor Network Architecture - Layered
Architecture, Clustered Architecture, Data Dissemination - Flooding, Gossiping,
Rumor Routing, Sequential Assignment Routing, Sensor Protocols For
Information Via Negotiation, Data Gathering - Direct Transmission, Power-
Efficient Gathering For Sensor Information Systems, Binary Scheme, Mac
Protocols For Sensor Networks, Location Discovery

VRSEC 300
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS
[1] C. Siva Ram Murthy, and B. S. Manoj, “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks:
Architectures and Protocols”, Prentice Hall Professional Technical
Reference, 2008.
[2] Dargie, Waltenegus, and Christian Poellabauer. Fundamentals of wireless
sensor networks: theory and practice. John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Carlos De MoraisCordeiro, Dharma Prakash Agrawal “Ad Hoc & Sensor
Networks: Theory and Applications”, World Scientific Publishing Company,
2006.
[2] Feng Zhao and LeonidesGuibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks”, Elsevier
Publication – 2002.
[3] Holger Karl and Andreas Willig “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless
Sensor Networks”, Wiley, 2005
[4]KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor
NetworksTechnology, Protocols, and Applications”, John Wiley, 2007.
[5] Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 301
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7404F
M COMMERCE
Course Category: Program Elective V Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial- 3-0-0
Practice:
Prerequisites: 20CS3303 ContinuousEvaluation: 30
Operating Systems Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand about the infrastructure K2 5.2.1,5.3.1, 6.1.1,
7.2.1
CO1 required for building an M-commerce
application
5.2.1,5.3.1, 6.1.1,
CO2 Analyze the M-Commerce Technologies. K4
7.2.1
5.2.1,5.3.1, 6.1.1,
CO3 Understand the secure Electronic transactions K2
8.1.1
Analyze the Challenges in implementing M K4 5.2.1,5.3.1, 6.1.1,
CO4 Commerce applications 7.2.1,8.1.1, 10.3.2

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program

Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1
CO3 1 2 2 1
CO4 1 2 2 2 2 2

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
Traditional commerce and E-commerce – The Dimensions of E-Commerce –
E-Commerce Business Models – E-Commerce information System Function
Model
MOBILE COMMERCE Introduction – Infrastructure of M– Commerce –
VRSEC 302
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Types Of Mobile Commerce Services – Technologies Of Wireless Business –

Benefits And Limitations, Support, Mobile Marketing & Advertisement, Non–
Internet Applications In M– Commerce – Wireless/Wired Commerce
Comparisons.
UNIT II
M COMMERCE: TECHNOLOGY
Mobile Clients: Types –Device limitations – Device location technology
Mobile Client Software: Mobile Device Operating System – Micro Browsers –
Mobile Device Communication protocols: WAP, Client Side – Server side –
WAP, i-Mode – Page Description languages – application Software
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY: Wireless wide area
network Technology: Cellular Systems – 2G(CDMA, TDMA, GSM) –
2.5G(GPRS, EDGE) – 3G(UMTS, CDMA-2000) – 4G – Wireless LAN (Wi-fi)
– WMAN (wi-max) – WPAN(Bluetooth).

UNIT III
APPROACHES TO SAFE ELECTRONIC COMMERCE: Secure Transport
Protocols, Secure Transactions, Secure Electronic Payment Protocol (SEPP),
Secure Electronic Transaction (SET)
ELECTRONIC CASH AND ELECTRONIC PAYMENT SCHEMES:
Introduction, Internet Monetary Payment & Security Requirements. Payment and
Purchase Order Process, On-line Electronic cash.
MASTER CARD/VISA SECURE ELECTRONIC TRANSACTION:
Introduction, Business Requirements, Concepts, payment Processing.

UNIT IV
ADVERTISING ON INTERNET: Issues and Technologies. Introduction,
advertising on the Web, Marketing, Electronic Publishing Issues, Approaches
and Technologies: EP and web based EP
M-COMMERCE ISSUES
Technology Issues – Mobile Client Issues – Communication infrastructure Issues
– other technology Issues – Application issues – Global m-Commerce issues
TEXT BOOKS
[1] Norman Sadeh, “ M-Commerce Technologies, Services and Business
Models” Wiley publications, 2002.
VRSEC 303
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS
[1] Hendry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam Dillon, Ellizabeth Chang, “E-
Commerce fundamentals and applications”, John Wiley.
[2] Paul May, “Mobile Commerce: Opportunities, Applications, and
Technologies of Wireless Business” Cambridge University Press March
2001.
E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL
[1] PROF. MAMATA JENAMAN E-Business
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105083 last accessed on 28-03-2022.

[2] Lecture Series on Internet Technologies by Prof.I.Sengupta, Department of

Computer Science & Engineering, IITKharagpur
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xKJjyn8DaAw Last accessed on 28-03-
2022.

VRSEC 304
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7205A
PROGRAMMING IN C++: A HANDS-ON INTRODUCTION
SPECIALIZATION (OFFERED BY CODIO)
Course Category: Open Elective 3 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO4
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 305
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS

REFERENCE BOOKS

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

Note: Open Elective Courses 3 and 4 are self-learning. Students may opt from
any MOOCs platform. They have to submit the certificate before the last
instruction day of VII semester. Course selection for MOOCs is subject to
approval by the Head of the Department.

VRSEC 306
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7205B
SOCIAL NETWORKS(OFFERED BY NPTEL)
Course Category: Open Elective 3 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO4
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

COURSE CONTENT

TEXT BOOKS

VRSEC 307
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 308
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7206A
MASTERING SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT IN R
SPECIALIZATION(OFFERED BY JOHNS
HOPKINS UNIVERSITY)
Course Category: Open Elective 4 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO4
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 309
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS

REFERENCE BOOKS

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 310
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7206B
FOUNDATIONS OF R SOFTWARE(OFFERED BY NPTEL)
Course Category: Open Elective 4 Credits: 3
Course Type: Theory Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -0
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO4
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

COURSE CONTENT

TEXT BOOKS

VRSEC 311
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

REFERENCE BOOKS

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 312
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7607
CORPORATE READINESS SKILLS
Course Category: Advanced Skill Credits: 2
Course
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 1-0-2
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100

COURSE OUTCOMES BTL POI

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO4
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program
Outcomes (1 – Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

COURSE CONTENT

VRSEC 313
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

TEXT BOOKS

REFERENCE BOOKS

E-RESOURCES AND OTHER DIGITAL MATERIAL

VRSEC 314
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7551
MINI PROJECT - II
Course Category: Project Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -3
Prerequisites: 20CS6554 Continuous Evaluation: 30
Mini Project – I Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100
1. Formulate Domain Analysis, Elaboration through Modeling and
Implementation through state of the art technology available.
2. Develop generic and modular programs that includes Handling
exceptionalcases in providing reliable solutions
3. Testing and verification of programs for different scenarios
4. Conclude findings through oral presentations
5. Prepare proper documentation consisting of Software Requirements
Specification (SRS), Modeling Techniques, Development Strategies,
Implementation and Testing Strategies. Student may use any Design
Methodologies such as SSAD, OOAD and UML
6. Builds the spirit of team work in design process.
7.Become proficient in the programming languages

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2

CO2 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 1 2 2 3 2 2

CO5 2 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 2 2

VRSEC 315
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS7552
INDUSTRIAL / RESEARCH INTERNSHIP
Course Category: Internship Credits: 1.5
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -3
Prerequisites: - Continuous Evaluation: 30
Semester end Evaluation: 70
Total Marks: 100
1. Formulate Domain Analysis, Elaboration through Modeling and
Implementation through state of the art technology available.
2. Develop generic and modular programs that includes Handling
exceptionalcases in providing reliable solutions
3. Testing and verification of programs for different scenarios
4. Conclude findings through oral presentations
5. Prepare proper documentation consisting of Software Requirements
Specification (SRS), Modeling Techniques, Development Strategies,
Implementation and Testing Strategies. Student may use any Design
Methodologies such as SSAD, OOAD and UML
6. Builds the spirit of team work in design process.
7.Become proficient in the programming languages

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2

CO2 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 1 2 2 3 2 2

CO5 2 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 2 2

VRSEC 316
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

Note: Industrial/Research Internship six weeks (Mandatory) during summer

vacation. The student should undergo internship and parallelly he/she
should work on a project with well-defined objectives. A student shall also
be permitted to submit project report on the work carried out during the
internship. At the end of the VII semester the candidate shall submit an
internship completion certificate and a project report.

VRSEC 317
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

SEMESTER VIII

VRSEC 318
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

20CS8551
MAJOR PROJECT
Course Category: Project Credits: 12
Course Type: Lab Lecture -Tutorial-Practice: 0-0 -24
Prerequisites: 20CS7551 Continuous Evaluation: 30
MINI PROJECT - Semester end Evaluation: 70
II Total Marks: 100
1. Formulate a real world problem and develop its requirements
2. Develop and design solution for a set of requirements
3. Test and validate the conformance of the developed prototype against the
original requirements of the problem
4. Work as a responsible member and possibly a leader of a team in
developing software solutions
5. Express technical and behavioral ideas and thought in oral settings
6. Participate in and possibly moderate, discussions that lead to making decisions
7. Express technical ideas, strategies and methodologies in written form
8. Prepare and conduct oral presentations
9. Self learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute to the
software solution of the project
10. Generate alternative solutions, compare them and select the optimum one

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 2 1 2 2

CO2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2

CO3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2

CO4 1 3 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 2 3 2 2 2

VRSEC 319
Scheme and Syllabus upto 4th Year VR20 CSE

CO6 2 3 2 2 2

CO7 2 3 2 2 2

CO8 2 3 2 2 2

CO9 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2

CO10 2 2 2 2 2

Note: The student should undergo internship and simultaneously he/she

should work on a project with well-defined objectives. At the end of the
semester the student should submit an internship completion certificate and
a project report.

VRSEC 320